Full SpeciFicationS. FeATUReS & BeNeFITS ORDeRING INFORMATION

Transcription

1 Full SpeciFicationS FeATUReS & BeNeFITS ORDeRING INFORMATION

2 index introduction Sanitary Overview Chart 4 COnveyOr COmpariSOn / SeleCtiOn Chart 6 the DOrner advantage 8 aquagard 7200/700 SerieS & 700 Flat Belt end Drive & 700 CleateD Belt end Drive 4 profiles 6 Belting 7 gearmotor mounting packages 20 gearmotors 24 SuppOrt StanDS 29 accessories 0 performance ChartS / Data part number reference 2 aquagard 750 SerieS 6 StanDarD Feature Overview 8 modular Flat Belt 40 modular CleateD Belt 42 CurveD modular Flat Belt 44 Z-Frame modular Flat Belt 46 Z-Frame modular CleateD Belt 48 Z-Frame CurveD modular Flat Belt 50 profiles 52 Belting 5 gearmotor mounting packages 55 gearmotors 59 SuppOrt StanDS 65 powered transfer 68 accessories 70 part number reference 72 aquagard 760 SerieS 80 StanDarD Feature Overview 82 Flat Belt 84 CleateD Belt 86 Z-Frame Flat Belt 88 Z-Frame CleateD Belt 90 profiles 92 Belting 9 gearmotor mounting packages 97 gearmotors 0 SuppOrt StanDS 07 accessories 0 part number reference 2 2 aquapruf 7400 SerieS 8 StanDarD Feature Overview 20 SanitatiOn & Cleaning OptiOnS 22 modular Flat Belt 24 modular CleateD Belt 26 CurveD modular Flat Belt 28 Z-Frame modular Flat Belt 0 Z-Frame modular CleateD Belt 2 Sanitary roller COnveyOrS 4 profiles 6 Belting 8 gearmotor mounting packages 42 gearmotors 44 SuppOrt StanDS 46 part number reference 49 aquapruf 7600 SerieS 54 StanDarD Feature Overview 56 SanitatiOn & Cleaning OptiOnS 58 Flat Belt end Drive 60 Flat Belt Center Drive 62 CleateD Belt end Drive 64 Z-Frame Flat Belt end Drive 66 Z-Frame CleateD Belt end Drive 68 profiles 70 Belting 7 gearmotor mounting packages 75 gearmotors 76 SuppOrt StanDS & accessories 79 part number reference 82 aquapruf ultimates SerieS 88 StanDarD Feature Overview ultimate positive Driven Belt ultimate modular Chain 94 profiles 96 Belting 99 gearmotor mounting packages 204 gearmotors 205 SuppOrt StanDS & accessories 208 part number reference 22 miscellaneous engineered applications 220

3 What s New AquaGard 750 & 760 Series Conveyors Improve your bottom line results with industry leading speeds, best in class product transfers, and ease of automation. Dorner s AquaGard is ready for your next product Move! 750 Available in Straight, Curve & Z-Frame Models See page 6 for complete product details 760 Available in Straight and Z-Frame Models See page 80 for complete product details

4 From packaging to processing, Dorner has the food industry covered. By offering three series of sanitary conveyors AquaGard, AquaPruf and AquaPruf Ultimate Dorner can meet virtually any need. To identify the series best for you, simply locate your market and application in one of the four charts below. You can then utilize the chart stretching along the bottom of the page to select your specific conveyor model. MARKET BAKERY SNACK FOODS CONFECTIONARY APPLICATION RECOMMENDED PLATFORM PACKAGED COOKED RAW AquaGard MARKET FRUITS VEGETABLES NON-PROTEIN READY-TO-EAT APPLICATION PACKAGED COOKED RAW RECOMMENDED PLATFORM AquaGard AquaPruf Conveyor Selection Chart ULTIMATE Cleaning Method Cleaning Method Type Type of Cleaning of Cleaning Agent Agent Wash Down Diluted Environment Wash Down Environment Wipe Low High Water Dry Wet Down Pressure Pressure Soap/ Bleach Diluted or Foaming Belt Wipe Low High Soap/ Water Bleach Alcohol or Foaming Caustic Lifters Down Pressure Pressure Water Water Alcohol Caustic Dry Wet Clean Out Window U 7400U 7600U 7600U 4

5 ULTIMATE MARKET PROTEINS DAIRY READY-TO-EAT W/PROTEIN APPLICATION RECOMMENDED PLATFORM PACKAGED COOKED RAW AquaPruf AquaPruf Ultimate MARKET APPLICATION RECOMMENDED PLATFORM MEDICAL PERSONAL CARE PHARMACEUTICAL PACKAGED PROCESSED RAW MATERIALS AquaGard AquaPruf Tip Up s Tail Sanitary Features Sanitary Features Highest Approvals Complete Tool-less Environment FDA Bissc USDA Clean Complete Red Meat Disassembly Belt Out Tip Up Tool-less & Poultry Lifters Windows Tail Disassembly FDA Approvals Belt Type USDA Frame Red Meat Construction Bissc & Poultry Belt Type Belt Single Piece Stainless Steel TIG Modular Welded Stainless PlasticSteel Continuous TIG Modular Welded Stainless PlasticSteel Continuous TIG Positive Welded Belt Stainless DrivenSteel.75-8 Conveyor Lengths 2-8 Offering Straight Single Piece Belt Stainless Steel Straight Belt Single Piece Stainless Steel Straight Modular Plastic Modular Plastic Positive Belt Drive Belt Width Frame Construction Offering Belt Single Piece Stainless Steel Straight Straight/ TIG Welded 4-6 Stainless Steel - 8 Straight/ Curve/Z-Frame Belt TIG Welded Stainless Steel Straight/Z-Frame Continuous Modular TIG Welded Plastic Stainless Modular Steel Continuous Plastic Belt TIG Welded Stainless Steel Belt Straight/ Curve/ Continuous TIG Straight/ Z-Frame Welded Stainless Steel Curve/Z-Frame Straight/ Curve/ Continuous TIG Straight/ Z-Frame Welded Stainless Steel Z-Frame Straight/ 6 Continuous - 6 TIG - 8 Straight/ Curve/ Welded Stainless Steel Curve/Z-Frame Straight/ 6 Continuous - 6 TIG - 40 Straight/ Curve/ Welded Stainless Steel Z-Frame Z-Frame 5

6 CONVEYOR COMPARISON / SELECTION CHART 7200 & Curves Straights 7200 Straights Z-Frame 700 Z-Frame Features Low profile Sealed stainless steel bearings with FDA lubricant Self tracking v-guided belts Stainless steel frame Wipe down and liquid spray washdown with certain cleaning agents Wedge-Lok System for impact protection 7200: Low Pressure Wash: (Less than 00 PSI) 700: High Pressure Wash: (00 -,500 PSI) TIG welded stainless steel frame Open frame design Available in modular plastic belt Hard chrome coated bearings with FDA lubricant Nose bar tails available Power transfer available No drilling required for automation or guiding 0 guiding packages available Wipe down and liquid spray washdown with certain cleaning agents Low Pressure Wash: (00 PSI) TIG welded stainless steel frame Open frame design Available in self tracking v-guided belts Hard chrome coated bearings with FDA lubricant Nose bar tails available Power transfer available No drilling required for automation or guiding 0 guiding packages available Wipe down and liquid spray washdown with certain cleaning agents Low Pressure Wash: (00 PSI) Belt Type Flat & Cleated Belt Flat Belt Cleated Belt Flat Belt Cleated Belt Drive Locations End Drive End Drive End Drive End & Center Drive End Drive Construction Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Belt Widths.75-8 ( mm) 4-6 (02-94 mm) 6-24 (52-60 mm) 4-52 (02 -,2 mm) 4-24 (02-60 mm) Conveyor Lengths 2-8 (60-5,486 mm) (94-25,75 mm) (94-25,75 mm) - 40 (94-2,92 mm) - 40 (94-2,92 mm) Max Belt Speed 264 ft/min (8 m/min) 260 ft/min (78.6 m/min) 260 ft/min (78.6 m/min) 00 ft/min (9 m/min) 00 ft/min (9 m/min) Maximum Load 60 lbs (27 kg) 750 lbs (8 kg) 750 lbs (8 kg) 500 lbs (227 kg) 500 lbs (227 kg) Frame Configuration Straight Straight, Curved & Z-Frame Straight & Z-Frame Straight & Z-Frame Straight & Z-Frame Frame Height.48 (8 mm) 5.6 (42 mm) 5.6 (42 mm) 5.6 (42 mm) 5.6 (42 mm) Pulley Diameter.25 (2 mm) 4. (09 mm) 4. (09 mm).5 (89 mm).5 (89 mm) Page 2 & 4 40, 44, 46 & & & & 90 6 Note: Proper conveyor application, cleaning and sanitation is the responsibility of the end user.

7 CONVEYOR COMPARISON / SELECTION CHART & 7600 ULTIMATES Straights Straights 7400 Curves Z-Frame Z-Frame 7600 Contiguous TIG welded 04 stainless steel frame Bearings are 400 stainless steel mounted in cast stainless steel housings Solid UHMW wear strips lift without tools Flange belt tracking system is mounted to frame Modular Plastic Belt Drive sprockets mounted to.5 square stainless steel shaft Return belt supports are segmented plastic slide blocks High Pressure Wash: (00 -,500 PSI) Contiguous TIG welded 04 stainless steel frame Bearings are 400 stainless steel mounted in cast stainless steel housings Solid UHMW wear strips lift without tools Flat belts or self tracking v-guided bolts for optimum performance.5 diameter drive roller with cast-on urethane lagging Return belt supports are 4 UHMW rollers High Pressure Wash: (00 -,500 PSI) Positive driven urethane belting and modular belt Solid cross members (no hollow tubes) #4 brush finish on all frame members TIG welded standoffs Open access to tail pulleys Solid UHMW idler pucks with open flanges Cleaning channels on all belt tracking pucks O-ring on spindles to stop migration of fluids Threadless stainless steel support stand feet High Pressure Wash: (00 -,500 PSI) Flat Belt Cleated Belt Flat Belt Cleated Belt Flat & Cleated Belt (Positive Drive) Flat & Cleated Belt (Modular Belt) Side & Nose Bar Drive Side & Nose Bar Drive End & Center Drive End Drive End Drive End & Nose Bar Drive Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel Stainless Steel 6-60 (52 -,524 mm) 6-60 (52 -,524 mm) 6-60 (52 -,524 mm) 6-24 (52-60 mm) 6-6 (52-94 mm) 6-6 (52-94 mm) (94-25,75 mm) (94-25,75 mm) - 40 (94-2,92 mm) - 40 (94-2,92 mm) - 40 (94-2,92 mm) (94-25,75 mm) 2 ft/min (7 m/min) 2 ft/min (7 m/min) 28 ft/min (00 m/min) 28 ft/min (00 m/min) 2 ft/min (7 m/min) 2 ft/min (7 m/min) 20 lbs/sq. ft. of belt (90 kg/sq. meter of belt) 20 lbs/sq. ft. of belt (90 kg/sq. meter of belt) 20 lbs/sq. ft. of belt (90 kg/sq. meter of belt) 20 lbs/sq. ft. of belt (90 kg/sq. meter of belt) 20 lbs/sq. ft. of belt (90 kg/sq. meter of belt) 20 lbs/sq. ft. of belt (90 kg/sq. meter of belt) Straight, Curved & Z-Frame Straight & Z-Frame Straight & Z-Frame Straight & Z-Frame Straight & Z-Frame Straight, Curved & Z-Frame 5.65 (4 mm) 5.65 (4 mm) 5.65 (4 mm) 5.65 (4 mm) 5.65 (4 mm) 5.65 (4 mm) Std. Idler: 4. (09 mm) Nose Bar:.5 (8 mm) Std. Idler: 4. (09 mm) Nose Bar:.5 (8 mm) Std. Idler:.5 (89 mm) Nose Bar: 0.5 ( mm) Std. Idler:.5 (89 mm) Nose Bar: 0.5 ( mm) Std. Idler: 4.0 (02 mm) Std. Idler: 4. (09 mm) Nose Bar: 2.5 (64 mm) 24, 28 & 0 26 & 2 60, 62 & & Note: Proper conveyor application, cleaning and sanitation is the responsibility of the end user. 7

8 A program of action, support and service that make the customer s choice Smart and Fast Application Hotline: A direct line to our engineers, where customers can call to discuss applications and options. Shortest lead time in the conveyor industry No other company can deliver custom sized and application ready conveyors faster than Dorner. Conveyor TYPE Lead time (in days to ship)* Aluminum Extrusion V-Guided Belt Modular Belt 5 STAINLESS STEEL V-Guided Belt 0 Industry leading 0 year limited warranty The longest warranty being offered in the conveyor industry, this reduces the total cost of ownership. Modular Belt 0 * Applies to products configured in E-Pricer. 8

9 Service Hotline: An after hours hotline, where customers can call and get help troubleshooting conveyors from a member of Dorner s FIT team of service experts. Dorner s Service never sleeps. Get FIT and Stay FIT Visits A support program to ensure equipment is installed correctly, and that existing equipment is maintained for optimal performance. FIT Training FIT Replacement Parts A custom designed training course for the customer s engineers and maintenance personnel that ensures proper conveyor maintenance and safety that optimizes conveyor performance. Original equipment, wear and maintenance parts from Dorner, that will add conveyor life, maximize production time and ensure the customer s warranty is maintained. 9

10 AquaGard Series 7200/700 Sanitary Conveyors Stainless steel General Specifications: Flat and Cleated Belt Widths:.75 (44 mm) to 8 (457 mm) Lengths: 2 (60 mm) to 8 (5,486 mm) Loads up to 60 lbs (27 kg) models available Applications: Part Accumulation Small Part Transfers Wash Down and Clean Rooms Small Part Handling and Positioning Part/Package Infeed and Outfeed Automated and Manual Assembly 0

11 AquaGard 7200/700 V-Guided Belts Quick Release Rack and Pinion Tension High Pressure Bearing Options 7200 & 700 Flat Belt End Drive & 700 Cleated Belt End Drive 4 Profiles 6 Belting 7 Gearmotor Mounting Packages 20 Gearmotors 24 Support Stands 29 Accessories 0 Performance Charts / Data Part Number Reference 2

12 7200 & 700 Series: Flat Belt End Drive Specifications: Loads up to 60 lbs* (27 kg) Belt speeds up to 264 ft/min (8 m/min) Belt widths:.75 (44 mm) to 8 (457 mm) Conveyor lengths: 2 (60 mm) to 8 (5,486 mm) gauge stainless steel roll formed frame Complete stainless steel construction.25 (2 mm) diameter drive pulley turns approximately 4.25 (08 mm) of belt per revolution.5 (8 mm) bottom of frame to top of belt Self-aligning stainless steel sealed bearings with FDA approved solid lubricant Washdown rated gearmotors and controls models available * Conveyor load capacity depends on conveyor size, incline, motor position, accumulated loads and other factors. See Performance Charts / Data (pg ) for details. Features & Benefits: Quick five-minute belt change for increased uptime Rack and pinion for fast single point belt tensioning 04 stainless steel frame, head and tail plates are polished to a #4 finish V-Groove frame with guided belt ensures accurate tracking Wedge-Lok system for impact protection Streamlined design fits where other conveyors do not Low profile, single piece frame for quick, easy cleaning Quick-clamp rail for easy mounting of bolt-on accessories Optional 0.25 (6 mm) thick bottom wiper A variety of FDA approved belting to meet application needs OPTIONAL: Bottom Wiper 7200 Rated for Low Pressure Soap & Water Cleaners 700 Rated for High Pressure Chlorinated Cleaners OPTIONAL: Tool-less Belt Change Handles Tool-less Belt Change Handles for quick belt release. Part # Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands and accessories, see pages For ordering information, see pages 2 and 4

13 A A Aquagard 7200 & 700 series Flat Belt End Drive 4 x 4 x 22mm Keyway 4 x 4 x 22mm Keyway 4.9 (25) D W-.6 (4) (8) D W-.6 (4) 2mm 2mm Position A.90 (48) Position A.5 (9 W+.9 TENSION RECOMMENDED DRIVE (0) END FLOW END W W+5. (0) TENSION RECOMMENDED DRIVE END FLOW END W Position D Position D TOP OF BELT L (at initial factory belt tension) 2.00 (05) TYP (5) TOP.78 OF (20) BELT L+.00 (25) L (at initial factory belt tension) 2.00 (05) TYP (5).9 (0).48 (8) 2.74 (70).44 (87).69 (7).88 (48).25 (8).44 (87).9 (0).8 (0) 2.25 (57).00 (76).8 (0) 2.25 (57).00 (76) STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference Conveyor Belt Width (W).75 (44mm) 2.75 (70mm).75 (95mm) 5 (27mm) 6 (52mm) 8 (20mm) 0 (254)mm 2 (05mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L) 2 (60mm) 0.2 (mm) increments up to... 8 (5,486mm) Note: Lengths to 8 available in widths 6 to 8 only. 8 (457mm) Drive Shaft Position A B C D Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user.

14 7200 & 700 Series: cleated belt end drive Specifications: Loads up to 60 lbs* (27 kg) Belt speeds up to 264 ft/min (8 m/min) Belt widths:.75 (44 mm) to 8 (457 mm) Conveyor lengths: 2 (60 mm) to 8 (5,486 mm) Cleats available from 0.4 ( mm) to 2.6 (60 mm) high gauge stainless steel roll formed frame Complete stainless steel construction.25 (2 mm) diameter drive pulley turns approximately 4.25 (08 mm) of belt per revolution.5 (8 mm) bottom of frame to top of belt Self-aligning stainless steel sealed bearings with FDA approved solid lubricant Washdown rated gearmotors and controls models available * Conveyor load capacity depends on conveyor size, incline, motor position, accumulated loads and other factors. See Performance Charts / Data (pg ) for details. Features & Benefits: Quick five-minute belt change for increased uptime Rack and pinion for fast single point belt tensioning 04 stainless steel frame, head and tail plates are polished to a #4 finish V-Groove frame with guided belt ensures accurate tracking Wedge-Lok system for impact protection Streamlined design fits where other conveyors do not Low profile, single piece frame for quick, easy cleaning Quick-clamp rail for easy mounting of bolt-on accessories A variety of FDA approved belting to meet application needs OPTIONAL: Tool-less Belt Change Handles Tool-less Belt Change Handles for quick belt release. Part # Rated for Low Pressure Soap & Water Cleaners 700 Rated for High Pressure Chlorinated Cleaners Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands and accessories, see pages For ordering information, see pages 2 and 4

15 A A Aquagard 7200 & 700 series cleated Belt End Drive 4 x 4 x 22mm Keyway W-.20 (0) Cleat Width 4 x 4 x 22mm Keyway W-.20 (0) Cleat Width X D 4.9 (25) (56) D W-.6 (4) X = 6.4 (56) for A & G Cleats 7.5 (9) for B & C Cleats W-.6 (4) 2mm 2mm Position A.90 (48) Position A.58 (9) W+.9 (0) TENSION END RECOMMENDED FLOW DRIVE END W-.06 (27) Pocket Width W W+5. W-.06 TENSION RECOMMENDED DRIVE (0) END FLOW END (27) W Pocket Width Position D Position D TOP OF BELT L (at initial factory belt tension).78 (20) TOP OF BELT L+.00 (25) L (at initial factory belt tension).9 (0).48 (8) 2.74 (70).8 (0) 2.25 (57).44 (87).00 (76).69 (7).88 (48).25 (8).8 (0) 2.25 (57).44 (87).00 (76).9 (0) W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference Conveyor Belt Width (W).75 (44mm) 2.75 (70mm).75 (95mm) 5 (27mm) 6 (52mm) 8 (20mm) 0 (254)mm 2 (05mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L) 2 (60mm) 0.2 (mm) increments up to... 8 (5,486mm) Note: Lengths to 8 available in widths 6 to 8 only. 8 (457mm) Drive Shaft Position A B C D Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 5

16 7200 & 700 Series: Profiles.50 (8) W+.25 (6) 2.68 (68) W-.00 (25) 4.04 (0) W-.00 (25) -0 Low Side W+.57 (5) -2 " (25) Bolt-On High Side W+.82 (2) -22 2" (5) Bolt-On High Side W+.82 (2) W+.84 (2) MIN. W-7.54 (92) MAX. W-.52 () MIN. W+5.98 (52) MAX. 7.2 (86).87 (47) 2.66 (68) MIN. 6.7 (57) MAX. W+5.04 (28) MIN. W+.42 (4) MAX. -2 Fully Adjustable UHMW Guide W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) W+9.25 (25) -24 Adjustable Width UHMW Guide OPTIONAL: Thumb Screws For quick removal of Profile -2 and -22 (Part # 45096MSS) 6 Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user.

17 7200 & 700 Series: Belting Wet applications are limited to specialty belt types 54, 55, 68 and 69 only! Standard Belt Selection Guide Standard belt material is stocked at Dorner, then cut and spliced at the factory for fast conveyor shipment. Belt Type - Finger Splice Belt Type - Plastic Clipper Belt Type - Metal Clipper* Belt Specifications Thickness Surface Material Carcass Material Maximum Part Temperature Coefficient of Friction FDA Approved Anti-Static Static Conductive Chemical Resistance Special Characteristics or Applications 0 A A FDA Accumulation (.7) Urethane Polyester 22 F (00 C) Low x x Good Packaging, clean room and inspection 02 A2 2A General Purpose 0.07 (.8) Urethane Polyester 22 F (00 C) Med x x Good Most versatile belt offering 0 A A FDA High Friction (.7) Urethane Polyester 22 F (00 C) High x x Good Packaging, clean room and inspection 05 A5 5A Accumulation (.2) Urethane Polyester 22 F (00 C) V-Low x x Good Accumulation of products 06 A6 6A Electrically Conductive 0.06 (.6) Urethane Polyester 76 F (80 C) Low x x Good Electronics handling 08 A8 8A High Friction 0.08 (2.) PVC Polyester 58 F (70 C) V-High x Poor Conveys up to 5 inclines** Note: See below for splice details. Plastic Clipper splice requires longer lead times. * Metal Clipper splices are not sanitary. **Incline varies due to factors like dust, fluids and part material. BELT SPLICING Finger Splice All belts are available with a standard Thermoformed finger splice. This splice makes the belt continuous and is virtually undetectable. Splice bonding methods vary by belt type. Consult factory for details. Plastic Clipper*** An optional plastic clipper splice is available for quick removal of belts or when conveyors are installed in tight spaces. Metal Clipper*** An optional metal clipper splice is also available for quick removal of belts or when conveyors are installed in tight spaces. (Not Sanitary) *** See belt charts for compatibility. Not for use with 7200/700 Series with bottom wiper option. Plastic and Metal Clippers are slightly thicker than base belt. Consult factory for details. 7

18 7200 & 700 Series: specialty belting Wet applications are limited to specialty belt types 54, 55, 68 and 69 only! Urethane Enclosed belts for added sanitary protection. See Belt Types 68 & 69. Specialty Belt Selection Guide Specialty belt material is not stocked at Dorner and needs to be custom ordered for your special conveyor needs. Belt Type - Finger Splice Belt Type - Plastic Clipper Belt Type - Metal Clipper* Belt Specifications Belt Thickness Surface Material Maximum Part Temperature Coefficient of Friction FDA Approved Chemical Resistance Moisture Resistance Special Characteristics or Applications 54 F4 4F FDA Sealed Edge** 0.06 (.6) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Low x Good Good Packaging, clean room and inspection, wet environment 55 F5 5F FDA Sealed Edge** 0.06 (.6) Urethane 76 F (80 C) High x Good Good Packaging, clean room and inspection, wet environment 56 6F Cut Resistant 0.08 (2.) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Med. Good Poor Oily product release, metal stamping 57 7F Cut Resistant 0.0 (2.5) Nitrile 76 F (80 C) Med. Poor Poor Felt-like, dry metal stamping, glass and ceramic 59 F9 9F Color Contrasting 0.06 (.5) PVC 58 F (70 C) Med. Poor Poor Black colored, hides overspray from ink jet 60 G0 0G Color Contrasting 0.05 (.) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Low x Good Poor Green-colored 6 G G Color Contrasting 0.05 (.) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Low x Good Poor Blue-colored 6 G Electrically Conductive 0.05 (.2) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Low Good Poor Static conductive, electronics handling 64 4G High Friction 0.7 (4.4) PVC 94 F (90 C) V-High Poor Poor Dark green-colored, rough top surface, product cushioning, incline/decline apps. 65 5G Chemical Resistant 0.05 (.) Polypropylene 248 F (20 C) Low x V-Good Poor V-Good Cut resistance, excellent product release 66 6G Chemical Resistant 0.07 (.7) Polyester 22 F (00 C) Med. x V-Good Poor Good Cut resistance, metal stamping apps. 67 7G Low Friction Cleated 0.06 (.6) Polyester 22 F (00 C) n/a x Good Poor Excellent product release, consult factory for part number and how to specify low friction 68 G8 FDA Encased** 0.06 (.6) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Low x Good V-Good Urethane enclosed for added sanitary protection 69 G9 FDA Encased** 0.09 (2.2) Urethane 22 F (00 C) High x Good V-Good Urethane enclosed for added sanitary protection *Metal Clipper splices are not sanitary. **Not available in 2 (5 mm) wide. 8

19 7200 & 700 Series: Cleat Heights.059 typ. (.5).00 (25).57 (40) 2.6 (60).4 ().5 typ. A** (9) B** C** G* * Maximum 20 (508 mm) cleat spacing for 8 and wider conveyors with lengths greater than 7 (2,4 mm) ** 8 and wider conveyors have a maximum length of 7 (2,4 mm) Base Belt Material: (.5 mm) thick, high friction FDA approved urethane, 76 F (80 C) maximum part temperature. See Specialty Belt 67 for low friction base belt material. Note: Minimum cleat spacing is approximately 2 (50 mm). Consult Factory. Cleat Spacing x x-.7 (4) tolerance + _.08 (2) Steps: ) Refer to Formulas below 2) Use formula to determine the approximate number of cleats required based upon the desired cleat spacing. Since a partial cleat cannot be used, round the number of cleats up or down ) Use formula 2 to get the cleat space reference for the conveyor part number Formula Number of Cleats = Example Using a 6 long conveyor and 6 cleat spacing (Conveyor Length in feet x 24) +.7 (6 x 24) Number of Cleats = = Desired cleat spacing in inches (x) 6 6 = 24 Cleats (rounded) Formula 2 Cleat Space Reference (x) = Example Using a 6 long conveyor and 24 cleats (Conveyor Length in feet x 24) +.7 Cleat Spacing in (6 x 24) = Number of Cleats from Formula inches (x) = 24 cleats 24 = 6.04 or 0604 Cleat Reference W-.00 (25) (Pocket Width) W+.79 (20) Z Z = 2.68" (68) for a, F, G & H Cleats 4.04" (02) for B, C, v & J Cleats W = Conveyor Belt Width 9

20 7200 & 700 Series: gearmotor mounting packages Gearmotor Mounting Package & Gearmotor Selection Steps Step : Step 2: Step : Step 4: Step 5: Select a Gearmotor Mounting Package. For End drive conveyors, select a side, bottom, top, flush (pages 20-22). Be sure to note if it is for a 90 or Parallel Shaft Gearmotor. Using Belt Speed and Load Requirements, determine the required Gearmotor Type (Standard or Heavy) for your application using the chart below. Go to the set of Belt Speed Charts on page 2 and choose between the Fixed or Variable Speed chart. Go down the first column of the Belt Speed Chart and locate the required Belt Speed for your application. If the desired belt speed is not listed, round up to the next higher speed. (Dorner offers much more than just the belt speeds listed in the tables, contact the factory for complete details) From the row containing your required Belt Speed, check to be sure that speed is available for the Mount Package you chose. (End Drive Only - Top or Bottom) Step 6: Step 7: Step 8: Use the Drive / Driven Pulley Kit combination to complete your Mounting Package Part Number. Note the RPM from Gearmotor, it will be needed to select the correct Gearmotor from the Gearmotor Chart. Reference the Gearmotor Chart # to locate a compatible Gearmotor Chart on pages Be sure to select a Gearmotor Chart to match your Gearmotor Type (Standard or Heavy) and your Mounting Package while meeting your electrical requirements. (Red = Parallel Shaft or Blue = 90 ) Step 9: Using the RPM from Gearmotor (Step 6), locate the Part Number for your Gearmotor from the Gearmotor Table. Belt Speed - Ft/min (m/min) GEARMOTOR TYPE Standard Load Heavy Load 0-5 (0-4.6) 6-0 (4.9-9.) -45 (9.5-.7) (4-8.) 6-75 ( ) ( ) 9-0 ( ) -0 (.8-9.6) -50 ( ) 5-75 (46-5.4) (5.7-6) ( ) ( ) ( ) Conveyor Load - lbs. (kg) 0 (4.5) 20 (9.) 0 (.6) 40 (8.2) 50 (22.7) 60 (27.) 70 (.8) 80 (6.4) 90 (40.9) 00 (45.5) 0 (50) 20 (54.5) 20

21 7200 & 700 Series: Gearmotor Mounting Packages Bottom Mount Package, 90 Gearmotor 2.0 (50) W a 0.8 (9) (56) (25) 5.4 (8) Includes stainless steel gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, pulleys, belt guard and mounting hardware 0.7 (9) A: = 0.6 (5) for 7200 =.9 (48) for 700 W = Conveyor Belt Width Top Mount Package, 90 Gearmotor 4. (0) 2.0 (50) W.5 (88).9 (49) Includes stainless steel gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, pulleys, belt guard and mounting hardware Heavy Duty Sprocket Kit a 5.4 (8) 0.7 (8) A: = 0.6 (5) for 7200 =.9 (48) for 700 W = Conveyor Belt Width Heavy Duty Sprocket Kit Used in Wet Applications Compatible with Standard and Heavy Load Top and Bottom Mount packages Stainless Steel #40 Sprockets Stainless Steel/Acetal #40 Chain Belt speeds up to 45 ft/min This kit becomes part of the gearmotor mounting package when you select your belt speed from the Heavy Duty Sprocket Kit speed chart (see page 2). Note: Conveyor and gearmotor are not included in the mounting package and must be ordered separately. Dimensions = in (mm) For ordering information, see pages and 5 2

22 7200 & 700 Series: Gearmotor Mounting Packages Bottom Mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor a W 0.7 (9) 0.5 (267).6 (9) 6. (59) 5.4 (8) 2.0 (50) 0.7 (9) A: = 0.6 (5) for 7200 =.9 (48) for 700 W = Conveyor Belt Width Includes stainless steel gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, pulleys, belt guard and mounting hardware Top Mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor 2.0 (50) 0.5 (267) W a.9 (99) 6. (59) 5.4 (8) 0.7 (9) A: = 0.6 (5) for 7200 =.9 (48) for 700 W = Conveyor Belt Width Includes stainless steel gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, pulleys, belt guard and mounting hardware Note: Conveyor and gearmotor are not included in the mounting package and must be ordered separately. Dimensions = in (mm) 22 For ordering information, see pages and 5

23 7200 & 700 Series: Belt speed charts Standard Timing Belt Kit Fixed Speed ft/min Belt Speed m/min RPM from Gearmotor Drive Pulley Pulley Kit Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart Standard Load Heavy Load , , , , , , , , , 6 RPM from 50 Hz gearmotors Variable Speed ft/min Belt Speed m/min RPM from Gearmotor Drive Pulley Pulley Kit Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart Standard Load Heavy Load , 9, , 9, , 9, , 9, , 9, , 9, , 9, , 9, , 9, 0 RPM from 50 Hz gearmotors, VFD drive at 6 max. Hz output Refer to the Gearmotor Selection Steps on page 20 for instructions on using the Belt Speed Charts. Note: Red = Parallel Shaft, Blue = 90 Heavy Duty Sprocket Kit Fixed Speed Belt Speed ft/min m/min RPM from Gearmotor Pulley Kit Drive Pulley Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart Standard Load Heavy Load , , , , , 6 RPM from 50 Hz gearmotors Variable Speed ft/min Belt Speed m/min RPM from Gearmotor Pulley Kit Drive Pulley Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart Standard Load Heavy Load , 9, , 9, , 9, , 9, , 9, 0 RPM from 50 Hz gearmotors, VFD drive at 6 max. Hz output

24 7200 & 700 Series: Gearmotors Gearmotor Selection Steps Refer to page 20 for instructions on Selecting a Gearmotor Mounting Package and Gearmotor. GEARMOTOR TYPE Standard Load Heavy Load 0 (4.5) 20 (9.) Conveyor Load - lbs. (kg) 0 (.6) 40 (8.2) 50 (22.7) 60 (27.) 70 (.8) 80 (6.4) 90 (40.9) 00 (45.5) 0 (50) 20 (54.5) 0-5 (0-4.6) 6-0 (4.9-9.) -45 (9.5-.7) Belt Speed - Ft/min (m/min) (4-8.) 6-75 ( ) ( ) 9-0 ( ) -0 (.8-9.6) -50 ( ) 5-75 (46-5.4) (5.7-6) ( ) ( ) ( ) Standard Load, Fixed Speed Chart Parallel Shaft Sealed gearmotor IP 65 protection rating 5V, phase includes starter, cords and plug 20V, phase wiring to starter by others Stainless steel shaft and fasteners FDA approved white epoxy paint Totally enclosed, non-ventilated 60 Hz 4. (05).28 (2) 4. (05) 2.07 (52).9 (86) 8mm Ø 7.00 (78) 0.40 (264).65 (42).69 (94).88 (99) Phase starter shown Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type 62M00PY4(vp)FN 62M009PY4(vp)FN (vp) = Voltage and Phase = 5V, phase 2 = 20V, phase Note: 5V phase gearmotor must be plugged into a GFI circuit Chart 2 Parallel Shaft Y Y Phase Phase Hp kw FLA Hp kw FLA in.-lbs Nm Sealed gearmotor IP 65 protection rating 20V, phase wiring to starter by others 50 Hz Stainless steel shaft and fasteners FDA Approved white epoxy paint Totally enclosed, non-ventilated 4. (05).28 (2) 4. (05) 2.07 (52).9 (86) 8mm Ø 7.00 (78) 0.40 (264).65 (42).69 (94).88 (99) Phase starter shown Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Ph kw Ph FLA Nm 62(c)00PY42FN 62(c)009PY42FN 42 9 Y Y (c) = Electrical Configuration U = CE Great Britain G = CE German Note: Customer wiring to starter must comply with CE safety directives FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm)

25 7200 & 700 Series: gearmotors Standard Load, Variable Speed Chart Parallel Shaft Variable frequency drive, 0-60 Hz IP 65 protection rating 20V, Phase Stainless steel shaft and fasteners FDA approved white epoxy paint Totally enclosed, non-ventilated Order controller separately, see page 28. (2) 4. (05) 2. (52) 4. (05) 8mm Ø 0.4 (264).7 (42).9 (99) Part Number RPM* Gearmotor Type Ph Hp Ph kw Ph FLA in.-lbs.* Nm* 62M00PY4(vp)FN 62M009PY4(vp)FN * At 60 Hz Y Y Vari - Speed Control Charts G G Chart 4 Parallel Shaft Totally enclosed, fan cooled IP44 protection rating Non-reversing 50 Hz Order starter separately, see page 28. (2) 4. (05) 2. (52) 4. (05) 8mm Ø 0.4 (264).7 (42).9 (99) Part Number RPM* Gearmotor Type Ph kw Ph FLA Nm* 62Z028PL42FN 62Z028PL4(vp)FN 62Z008PL42FN 62Z008PL4(vp)FN L L L L n/a n/a 0. n/a 0. n/a Vari - Speed Control Charts H H H H * At 50 Hz Note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with the CE Safety Directive. FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm) 25

26 7200 & 700 Series: Gearmotors Heavy Load, Fixed Speed Chart 5 90 NEMA 56 C face IP 55 protection rating Wiring to starter by others Sealed reducer with FDA lubricant FDA approved white epoxy paint UL and CSA approved 60 Hz Totally enclosed, Non-ventilated Phase gearmotor does not include plug/cord set 5.67 (44) 5.8 (9).9 (86) 2. (54). (4) 7.00 (78) 6.06 (54).72 (44) 4.66 (8).6 Ø 7.64 (94) 6.50 (65).69 (94) 7.45 (89) (r) = Output shaft orientation R = Right hand L = Left hand (vp) = Voltage and Phase = 5V, phase 2 = V, phase 4 = 460V, phase Right hand output shown Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Phase Hp kw FLA Hp kw FLA in.-lbs. Nm 62M050(r)Z4(vp)FN 62M05(r)Z4(vp)FN 62M005(r)Z4(vp)FN Z Z Z / / / Chart 6 90 Stainless Steel Gearmotor Stainless steel construction NEMA 56 C face IP 55 protection rating Wiring to starter by others Sealed reducer with FDA lubricant UL and CSA approved 60 Hz Totally enclosed, non-ventilated 5.67 (44) 5.8 (9).9 (86) 2. (54). (4) 7.00 (78) 6.06 (54).72 (44) 4.66 (8).6 Ø 7.64 (94) 6.50 (65).69 (94) (r) = Output shaft orientation R = Right hand L = Left hand (vp) = Voltage and Phase 2 = V, phase 4 = 460V, phase Right hand output shown Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Ph Hp Ph kw Ph FLA in.-lbs. Nm 62M050(r)ZS4(vp)FN 62M05(r)ZS4(vp)FN 62M005(r)ZS4(vp)FN ZS ZS ZS / / / Chart 7 90 IEC 7 B5 C face IP 55 protection rating 20/400V, Phase wiring to starter by others 50 Hz FDA approved white epoxy paint Sealed reducer with FDA lubricant Totally enclosed, non-ventilated 7.20 (8) 6.0 (60).6 Ø.69 (94). (4) 4.66 (8).50 (4) 5. (0) 2. (54).72 (44).9 (86) 7.00 (78) 4.69 (9) Right hand output shown 26 Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Ph kw Ph FLA Nm 62(c)050(r)Z4(vp)FN 62(c)05(r)Z4(vp)FN 62(c)005(r)Z4(vp)FN (c) = Electrical Configuration (r) = Output shaft orientation (vp) = Voltage and Phase G = CE German R = Right hand 2 = 20V, phase U = CE Great Britain L = Left hand 4 = 400V, phase Z Z Z / / / Note: Customer wiring to starter must comply with CE safety directives. FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm)

27 7200 & 700 Series: gearmotors Heavy Load, Variable Speed Chart V DC IP 55 protection rating NEMA 56 C face Totally enclosed, non-ventilated Sealed reducer with FDA lubricant FDA approved white epoxy paint Order controller separately, see page (84) 6.4 (62).6 Ø 2. (54) 4.7 (8).7 (44). (4) 6. (54) 6.8 (427) 4.7 (9) (r) = Output shaft orientation R = Right hand L = Left hand Left hand output shown Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Hp kw FLA in.-lbs. Nm 62M050(r)ZD9DEN 62M05(r)ZD9DEN 62M005(r)ZD9DEN Z Z Z Vari - Speed Control Charts F F F Chart 9 90 Variable frequency drive, 0-60 Hz IP 65 protection rating 20V, Phase Stainless steel shaft and fasteners FDA approved white epoxy paint Totally enclosed, non-ventilated Order controller separately, see page (94) 6.5 (65).6 Ø 4.7 (8).7 (44). (4) 5.4 (9) 6. (54) 2. (54) 5.7 (44) (r) = Output shaft orientation R = Right hand L = Left hand Left hand output shown Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Ph Hp Ph kw Ph FLA in.-lbs.* Nm* 62M050(r)Z42EN 62M05(r)Z42EN 62M005(r)Z42EN * At 60 Hz Z Z Z Vari - Speed Control Charts G G G Chart 0 90 Stainless Steel Gearmotor Variable frequency drive, 0-60 Hz Stainless steel construction 20/460 Phase NEMA 56 C face IP 55 protection rating Sealed reducer with FDA lubricant Totally enclosed, non-ventilated Order controller separately, see page (94) 6.5 (65).6 Ø 4.7 (8).7 (44). (4) 5.4 (9) 6. (54) 2. (54) 5.7 (44) (r) = Output shaft orientation R = Right hand L = Left hand Left hand output shown Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Ph Hp Ph kw Ph FLA in.-lbs.* Nm* 62M050(r)Z42EN 62M05(r)Z42EN 62M005(r)Z42EN * At 60 Hz ZS ZS ZS Vari - Speed Control Charts G G G FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm) 27

28 7200 & 700 Series: variable speed controllers Variable Speed Controllers Chart B 6. (60) 5.9 (50) 4.5 (4) VFD control IP 65 plastic enclosure EMC filter Digital display Stainless steel mounting hardware Inlcudes cord to motor Power to controller by others 8.0 (20) 8.8 (222) Part Number Input Volts Input Phase Input Hz Output Volts Out Phase Max kw Max Amps Reversing 72U22S 72U44S Chart F Yes Yes SCR DC control Nema 4X enclosure FDA white epoxy painted enclosure Forward/Brake/Reverse switch Jog/Run switch Speed potentiometer Includes cord to motor Power to controller by others Stainless steel mounting hardware 5.5 (40) 8. (20) 4.0 (02) 9.5 (24) Part Number Input Volts Input Phase Input Hz Output Volts Max Hp Max Amps Reversing 62MD9S VDC 0.2 Yes Chart G VFD control Nema 4X Plastic Enclosure Stainless steel mounting hardware and fasteners Digital display Keypad with Start/Stop, Forward/Reverse and speed variation Includes cord to motor Power to controller by others 8.0 (20) 6. (60) 5.9 (50) 4.5 (4) 8.8 (222) Part Number Input Volts Input Phase Input Hz Output Volts Out Phase Max Hp 72MV24S 72MV224S 72MV22S 72MV222S * See FLA from motor charts Output Amp Range* FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm) Reversing Yes Yes Yes Yes 28

29 7200 & 700 Series: Support stands Quantity Charts Support Stand Quantity Chart Conveyor Length # of Supports 2 (60) - 4 (,29) * 2 (60) - 6 (,829) 2 7 (2,4) - 2 (,658) (,962) - 8 (5,486) 4 Required Return Roller Quantity Chart max feet between return rollers Conveyor Width Flat Belt Cleated Belt * End Drive Conveyors with Single-Post Support Stands only. Requires the use of diagonal bracing. Heavy load gearmotors require a minimum of two stands to support conveyor and gearmotor package. Quantity of return rollers required = whole number result of: Example Description: 7200 flat belt 8 wide x 4 long conveyor length in feet max distance between return rollers 4 = return rollers required 6.75 Mounting Brackets Not required when purchasing sanitary support stands. Cleated Stand Mounting Bracket 5.28 (4) Flat Belt Stand Mounting Bracket.00 (76).47 (88).47 (88) 2.25 (57) W-.6 (4) 2.25 (57) W-.6 (4) M6-.0 Part Number Description Stand Mounting Bracket, Cleated Belt Conveyor Part Number Description Stand Mounting Bracket, Flat Belt Conveyor Note: Conveyors can be ordered with the required number of mounting brackets. If desired, order additional mounting brackets separately. Return Rollers Cleated Belt Stand Mounting Bracket For Cleated Belts and Flat Belts on 2 to 6 (5mm to 52mm) wide conveyors.00 (76) Flat Belt Stand Mounting Bracket For Flat Belts on 8 to 8 (20mm to 457mm) wide conveyors.2 () Part Number Description W+.7 (8).6 (4).69 (7) Stand Mounting Bracket, Cleated Belt Conveyor W = Belt Width Part Number 454WW* Note: Dimensions = in (mm) * WW = conveyor width W+.7 (8) Description.0 (26).80 (20) Stand Mounting Bracket, Flat Belt Conveyor For ordering information, see pages and 5 29

30 7200 & 700 Series: Support stands & Accessories WW Direct Mount DS Direct Mount Horizontal Fixed Foot Model DS DP MS Conveyor Width.75 (44) 2.75 (70).75 (95) WW Part # Reference Stand Width 0 (254) (279) 0 (254) 5 (44). (286) Top of Belt Height -7 (0-42) (25) increments up to (,778-,880) HH Part # Reference 7 00 increments up to Stand Width 9. (26) 0. (262) 0. (257). (287) Top of Belt Height 5-9 (0-42) (25) increments up to (,778-,880) HH Part # Reference increments up to Stand Width 0.5 (267).5 (292). (287) 2.6 (20) Top of Belt Height 4-8 (56-457) (25) increments up to (,778-,880) HH Part # Reference increments up to Swivel Locking Caster Model DS DP MS Conveyor Width.75 (44) 6 (52) 2. (2) 2. (2).6 (45) 8 (20) 4. (62) 4. (62) 5.6 (96) 0 (254) 0 (254).8 (00) 9.8 (249) 2 (05) 2 (05).8 (5).8 (00) 8 (457) 8 (457) 9.8 (50) 7.8 (452) Note: HH is to Conveyor Top of Belt on DS and DP Models. HH is Top of Bracket for MS Models (70).75 (95) WW Part # Reference Stand Width 0 (254) (279) 0 (254) 5 (44). (286) Top of Belt Height 8-22 ( ) (25) increments up to (,778-,880) HH Part # Reference increments up to Stand Width 9. (26) 0. (262) 0. (257). (287) Top of Belt Height 2-25 (5-65) (25) increments up to (,778-,880) HH Part # Reference increments up to Stand Width 0.5 (267).5 (292). (287) 2.6 (20) Top of Belt Height (508-60) (25) increments up to (,778-,880) HH Part # Reference increments up to (52) 2. (2) 2. (2).6 (45) 8 (20) 4. (62) 4. (62) 5.6 (96) 0 (254) 0 (254).8 (00) 9.8 (249) 2 (05) 2 (05).8 (5).8 (00) 8 (457) 8 (457) 9.8 (50) 7.8 (452) Note: HH is to Conveyor Top of Belt on DS and DP Models. HH is Top of Bracket for MS Models. DP Direct Mount Incline Direct Mount Horizontal for direct conveyor mounting, conveyor must be level (mount directly to conveyor) Includes self-aligning adjustment foot for sloped floors All components are stainless #4 finish Metric fasteners Direct Mount Incline for angled conveyor applications Motor Mount for mounting under both horizontal and inclined heavy load bottom mount packages Sanitary support stands do not require mounting brackets Accessories Mounting Clips.0 ().56 (44).88 (22).25 (2).44 () M6 -.0 For easy mounting of light weight accessories Fasteners not included Part Number Description 45086MSS 7200 and 700 Series Sanitary Mounting Clip MS Motor Mount If sanitary stainless steel support stands are not required for your application, you may order aluminum support stands. Contact Dorner for details. 0 Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user.

31 7200 & 700 Series: performance charts / data Conveyor No-Load Torques (t no-load) average no-load torque* for 7200 & 700 Series Conveyors = Torque requirements for unloaded End Drive & Cleated Conveyors 5 in-lb (.7 Nm) 4 in-lb (.5 Nm) 2 in-lb (.4 Nm) 0 in-lb (. Nm) 8 in-lb 7 in-lb (0.9 Nm) 6 in-lb (0.8 Nm) 5 in-lb (0.7 Nm) 4 in-lb (0.6 Nm) (0.5 Nm) Note: The torque required to overcome the conveyor s initial startup inertia may temporarily exceed the average no-load torque by a factor of 2- times. * Stated torques are average values based on Dorner standard belts running at 50 (5 m) per minute..75" (44) 2.75" (70).75" (95) 5" (27) 6" (52) 8" (20) 0" (254) Conveyor Belt Width 2" (05) 8" (457) Maximum Conveyor load charts Maximum Conveyor Load Direction A and D for 7200 & 700 Series Maximum evenly distributed load for: = Sanitary Conveyors 0 lbs (4 kg) 5 lbs (6 kg) 42 lbs (9 kg) 50 lbs (2 kg) 60 lbs (27 kg) 60 lbs (27 kg) 60 lbs (27 kg) 60 lbs (27 kg) 60 lbs (27 kg) Drive Shaft Position A B C D.75" (44) 2.75" (70).75" (95) 5" (27) 6" (52) Conveyor Belt Width 8" (20) 0" (254) 2" (05) 8" (457) Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. Maximum Conveyor Load Direction B and C for 7200 & 700 Series Maximum evenly distributed load for: = Sanitary Conveyors 7 lbs (8 kg) 0 lbs (5 kg) 2 lbs (5 kg) 4 lbs (6 kg) 20 lbs (9 kg) 2 lbs (0 kg) 27 lbs (2 kg) 27 lbs (2 kg) 27 lbs (2 kg).75" (44) 2.75" (70).75" (95) 5" (27) 6" (52) Conveyor Belt Width 8" (20) 0" (254) 2" (05) 8" (457)

32 7200 & 700 Series: Part Number Reference 7200 SERIES: END DRIVE CONVEYOR 72 M D 0 0 Belt Type Conveyor Profile Drive Shaft Position: A, B, C or D Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Documentation Type: M = English, U = CE English Wiper / Mounting Bracket: = no wiper with mounting brackets 2 = no wiper / no mounting brackets* = end wiper with mounting brackets 4 = end wiper / no mounting brackets* 5 = dual wiper with mounting brackets 6 = dual wiper / no mounting brackets* 7200 End Drive Conveyor Drive Shaft Position A B C D Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. *may require belt return rollers Example: 72M08000D00 Description: 7200 Series End Drive Conveyor, 8 (20) wide x 0 (,048) long, drive shaft position D, with low sides and a FDA accumulation belt and English documentation SERIES: CLEATED BELT END DRIVE CONVEYOR 7 4 A M D 060 Cleat Spacing Drive Shaft Position: A, B, C or D Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English Cleat Type Mounting Bracket: 4 = with mounting brackets 5 = without mounting brackets* 7200 End Drive Conveyor Drive Shaft Position A B C D Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. *may require belt return rollers Example: 74AM08000D060 Description: 7200 Series Cleated Belt End Drive Conveyor, 8 (20) wide x 0 (,048) long drive shaft position D, with Type A cleated belt with cleats spaced on 6.0 (5) centers and English documentation. These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to 2

33 7200 & 700 Series: Part Number Reference 7200 SERIES: GEARMOTOR MOUNTING PACKAGES 72 M B L Z 06 A - 22 Drive / Driven Pulley Combination Gearmotor Mounting Position: A, B, C or D Conveyor Width Reference Gearmotor Type Gearmotor Output Shaft P = Parallel Shaft, L = 90 Left Hand, Heavy Load, R = 90 Right Hand, Heavy Load Mount Style: B = Bottom Mount Package T = Top Mount Package Documentation Language: M = English U = CE English Conveyor Series: 72 = 7200 End Drive 7 = 700 End Drive Drive Shaft Position A B C D Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. Example: 72MBLZ06A-22 Description: Sanitary bottom mount package with English documentation for left hand output 90 heavy load sanitary gearmotor, for a 6 (52mm) wide conveyor mounted in the A position with a 2:2 drive / driven pulley combination SERIES: SUPPORT STANDS 9M MS F AA Angle Option: (MS & DP Models Only) = Fixed Incline Angle in Degrees ST = Slotted for ±60 Pivoting Caster Option: F = Fixed Foot Pads C = Swivel-Locking Casters* B = Fixed Foot Pad with Diagonal Brace Stand Height Reference Stand Width Reference Stand Type: DS = Direct Mount Horizontal Version DP = Direct Mount Incline Version MS = Motor Mount Version Example: 9MMS F Description: Sanitary Support Stand with Fixed Foot Pads, for a 4 (02) wide conveyor and adjustable from 40 to 44 (06 to 22) high. *Stands equipped with casters include diagonal bracing. These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to

34 7200 & 700 Series: Part Number Reference 700 SERIES: END DRIVE CONVEYOR 7 M D 0 0 Belt Type Conveyor Profile Drive Shaft Position: A, B, C or D Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Documentation Type: M = English, U = CE English Wiper / Mounting Bracket: = no wiper with mounting brackets 2 = no wiper / no mounting brackets* = end wiper with mounting brackets 4 = end wiper / no mounting brackets* 5 = dual wiper with mounting brackets 6 = dual wiper / no mounting brackets* 700 End Drive Conveyor Drive Shaft Position A B C D Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. *may require belt return rollers Example: 7M08000D00 Description: 700 Series End Drive Conveyor, 8 (20) wide x 0 (,048) long, drive shaft position D, with low sides and a FDA accumulation belt and English documentation. 700 SERIES: CLEATED BELT END DRIVE CONVEYOR 7 6 A M D 060 Cleat Spacing Drive Shaft Position: A, B, C or D Conveyor Length Reference Conveyor Width Reference Documentation Language: M = English, G = CE German, U = CE English Cleat Type Mounting Bracket: 6 = with mounting brackets 7 = without mounting brackets* 700 Series Cleated Conveyor Drive Shaft Position A B C D Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. *may require belt return rollers Example: 76AM08000D060 Description: 700 Series Cleated Belt End Drive Conveyor, 8 (20) wide x 0 (,048) long drive shaft position D, with Type A cleated belt with cleats spaced on 6.0 (5) centers and English documentation. These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to 4

35 7200 & 700 Series: Part Number Reference 700 SERIES: GEARMOTOR MOUNTING PACKAGES 72 M B L Z 06 A - 22 Drive / Driven Pulley Combination Gearmotor Mounting Position: A, B, C or D Conveyor Width Reference Gearmotor Type Gearmotor Output Shaft P = Parallel Shaft, L = 90 Left Hand, Heavy Load, R = 90 Right Hand, Heavy Load Mount Style: B = Bottom Mount Package T = Top Mount Package Documentation Language: M = English U = CE English Conveyor Series: 72 = 7200 End Drive 7 = 700 End Drive Drive Shaft Position A B C D Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. Example: 72MBLZ06A-22 Description: Sanitary bottom mount package with English documentation for left hand output 90 heavy load sanitary gearmotor, for a 6 (52mm) wide conveyor mounted in the A position with a 2:2 drive / driven pulley combination. 700 SERIES: SUPPORT STANDS 9M MS F AA Angle Option: (MS & DP Models Only) = Fixed Incline Angle in Degrees ST = Slotted for ±60 Pivoting Caster Option: F = Fixed Foot Pads C = Swivel-Locking Casters* B = Fixed Foot Pad with Diagonal Brace Stand Height Reference Stand Width Reference Stand Type: DS = Direct Mount Horizontal Version DP = Direct Mount Incline Version MS = Motor Mount Version Example: 9MMS F Description: Sanitary Support Stand with Fixed Foot Pads, for a 4 (02) wide conveyor and adjustable from 40 to 44 (06 to 22) high. *Stands equipped with casters include diagonal bracing. These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to 5

36 AquaGard Series 750 Sanitary Conveyors Stainless steel General Specifications: Straight Modular Flat and Cleated Belt Curved Modular Flat Belt Straight Z-frame Modular Flat and Cleated Belt Curved Z-frame Modular Flat Belt Widths: Curves: 4 (02 mm) to 6 (94 mm) Straights: 4 (02 mm) to 6 (94 mm) Z-frame Straights and Curves: 6 (52 mm) to 24 (60 mm) Lengths: 6 (94 mm) to 8 (25,298 mm) Load Capacity: Straights and Z-frame Straights: up to 750 lbs (45 kg) Curves and Z-frame Curves: up to 500 lbs (226 kg) models available Applications: Part Transfers Part Accumulation Mainline Packaging High Speed Long Runs Automated and Manual Assembly Part Incline / Decline Routing (Z-Frame) 6

37 AquaGard 750 Series Curves 45, 90, 5 & 80 TIG Welded Stainless Steel Solid UHMW Open Frame Design No Drilling with Innovative Key Hole & Mounting Rod Standard Feature Overview 8 Modular flat Belt 40 Modular Cleated Belt 42 Curved Modular FLat Belt 44 z-frame modular Flat Belt 46 Z-frame Modular Cleated Belt 48 Z-frame curved modular FLat Belt 50 Profiles 52 Belting 5 Gearmotor Mounting Packages 55 Gearmotors 59 Support Stands 65 Powered Transfer 68 Accessories 70 Part Number Reference 72 7

38 750 Series: Standard Feature Overview AquaGard 750 Series Conveyors Improve your bottom line results with industry leading speeds, best in class product transfers, and ease of automation. Dorner s AquaGard is ready for your next product Move! Tailor Fit Accessories for Your Needs Ease of Automation & Guiding No Drilling with Innovative Key Hole & Mounting Rod Low Voltage Wiring Accesories Accessory Bar for Mounting Multiple Accessories Fully Adjustable Single Rail Fully Adjustable Twin Rail High Side Guide 8

39 750 Series: Standard Feature Overview Maximum Flexibility Straight, Curve and Z-Frame Modules Product Transfers to Choose From No Drilling Required for Ease of Automation or Guiding Attach controls, photo eyes, low voltage wire, & air tubing Attach accessory bar for mounting several automation components Attach any of standard guide packages to tailor fit conveyor TIG Welded Stainless Steel Solid UHMW Open Frame Design Increase Throughput Speeds up to 260 feet per minute Available in Straights, Curves, and Z-Frames Nose Bar Tails Powered Transfer Reduce Product Loss Nose Bar Tails for small part transfer Powered Transfer for maintaining speeds through transfer Roller transfer plate for smooth product transfer in minimal added length Z-Frame 5 to 60 Curves 45, 90, 5 & 80 Nose Bar Drive Nose Bar Tail Patented Sprocket Alignment Key Powered Transfer Roller Transfer Plate Formed Angle TIG Welded Stand 9

40 750 Series: Modular Flat Belt Specifications: Loads up to 750 lbs (45 kg) Belt speeds up to 260 ft/min maximum (78.6 m/min) Belt widths: 4 (02 mm) to 6 (94 mm) Total lengths: (94 mm) up to 8 (25,298 mm) Wearstrip material is UHMW One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 2 TIG welded 04 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available * Conveyor load capacity depends on conveyor size, incline, motor position, accumulated loads and other factors. Features & Benefits: Frame is constructed of TIG welded 04 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Solid UHMW wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side The nose bar drive and idler tails (optional) has diameter pulley available for small product transfers The Powered Transfer (optional) has /2 diameter pulleys for maintaining speed through transfer Roller Transfer Plate (optional) for smooth product transfer in minimal added length Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 00 psi max OPTIONAL: Powered Transfer For small parts and maintaining speeds through transfer. Slave driven with speeds up to 75 ft/min. OPTIONAL: Roller Transfer Plate For smooth product transitions in minimal added length. Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands and accessories, see pages For ordering information, see page 72

41 Aquagard 750 Modular Flat Belt.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH.25 (6) KEYWAY 4.7 ().00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH.25 (6) KEYWAY Position A Position A 8.87 (225) W +.60 (4) FLOW W W Position D Position D OPTIONAL LONG SHAFT FOR SIDE DRIVE L 4. (05) 4. (05) 4.26 (08) 5.64 (4) 5.82 (48) W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to... 6 Conveyor Belt Width (W) 4 (02mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to... 6 (94mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L) 6 (94mm) (25mm) increments up to (25,75mm) Drive Shaft Position A D Note: Nose Bar drive conveyors have a minimum conveyor length of 48 R0.89 (R2).00 (76) OPTIONAL NOSE BAR TAIL.00 (76) R0.89 (R2) 0.8 (258) 2. () 7.85 (99).68 (297) OPTIONAL NOSE BAR DRIVE OPTIONAL: Nose Bar Drive and Idler Pulley (25.4 mm) diameter for small parts transfer. Speeds up to 260 ft/min. For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 4

42 750 Series: Modular cleated Belt Specifications: Loads up to 750 lbs (45 kg) Belt speeds up to 260 ft/min maximum (78.6 m/min) Belt widths: 4 (02 mm) to 24 (60 mm) Total lengths: (94 mm) up to 8 (25,298 mm) Cleats available in and heights Wearstrip material is UHMW One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 2 TIG welded 04 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available * Conveyor load capacity depends on conveyor size, incline, motor position, accumulated loads and other factors. Features & Benefits: Frame is constructed of TIG welded 04 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Solid UHMW wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 00 psi max High Side Guides No Drilling with Innovative Key Hole & Mounting Rod Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands and accessories, see pages For ordering information, see page 7

43 Aquagard 750 Modular Cleated Belt Position A W +.60 (4) W Position D.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH.25 (6) KEYWAY 4. (05) L (at initial factory belt tension) 4. (05) 5.64 (4) 4.26 (08) STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to Conveyor Belt Width (W) 4 (02mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to (60mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L) 6 (94mm) (25mm) increments up to (25,75mm).00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH.25 (6) KEYWAY Position A 7.9 (8) W 2.98 (76) Position D OPTIONAL LONG SHAFT FOR SIDE DRIVE A A = 6.82 (7) for " Cleats 8.82 (224) for " Cleats Drive Shaft Position W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) A D For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 4

44 750 Series: curved Modular Flat Belt Specifications: Loads up to 500 lbs (45 kg) Belt speeds up to 260 ft/min maximum (78.6 m/min) Belt widths: 4 (02 mm) to 6 (94 mm) Total lengths up to 8 (25,298 mm) 45, 90, 5, & 80 curves available Wearstrip material is UHMW One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 2 TIG welded 04 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available Flush Top, Low Side Frame * Conveyor load capacity depends on conveyor size, incline, motor position, accumulated loads and other factors. Features & Benefits: Frame is constructed of TIG welded 04 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Solid UHMW wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side The Powered Transfer (optional) has /2 diameter pulleys for maintaining speed through transfer Roller Transfer Plate (optional) for smooth product transfer in minimal added length Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 00 psi max OPTIONAL: Powered Transfer For small parts and maintaining speeds through transfer. Slave driven with speeds up to 260 ft/min. OPTIONAL: Roller Transfer Plate For smooth product transitions in minimal added length. Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands and accessories, see pages For ordering information, see page 74

45 Aquagard 750 curved Modular Flat Belt W (6) 6.00 (52) 4.24 (08) 4.48 (4) 4.24 (08) 4.48 (4) L (MODULE ) 5.75 (46) W (5).00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH.25 (6) KEYWAY.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH.25 (6) KEYWAY STANDARD SIZES FLOW L (MODULE ) Position A Position D 4.77 (2) Position A Position D OPTIONAL LONG SHAFT FOR SIDE DRIVE Conveyor Width Reference increments up to... 6 Conveyor Belt Width (W) 4 (02mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to... 6 (94mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L ) Greater of 20 (508mm) or.5w (25mm) increments up to (25,75mm) Conveyor Length (L ) Greater of 6 (94mm) or 2W (25mm) increments up to (25,75mm) Note: Nose Bar drive conveyors have a minimum conveyor length of 48 W 9.27 (25) W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) Drive Shaft Position A D Conveyor Width (in) Belt Width Table Top of Belt Width Belt Width Including Tab Inside Radius of Belt W For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 45

46 750 Series: Z-Frame Modular Flat Belt Specifications: Loads up to 750 lbs (45 kg) Belt speeds up to 260 ft/min maximum (78.6 m/min) Belt widths: 6 (52 mm) to 24 (60 mm) Total lengths up to 8 (25,298 mm) 5 to 0 fixed angle modules available in 5 increments Wearstrip material is UHMW One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 2 TIG welded 04 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available Friction Insert Belts Available * Conveyor load capacity depends on conveyor size, incline, motor position, accumulated loads and other factors. Features & Benefits: Frame is constructed of TIG welded 04 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Solid UHMW wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side The nose bar drive and idler tails (optional) has diameter pulley available for small product transfers The Powered Transfer (optional) has /2 diameter pulleys for maintaining speed through transfer Roller Transfer Plate (optional) for smooth product transfer in minimal added length Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 00 psi max OPTIONAL: Powered Transfer* For small parts and maintaining speeds through transfer. Slave driven with speeds up to 75 ft/min. OPTIONAL: Roller Transfer Plate* Z-Frame Configurations For smooth product transitions in minimal added length. 46 * Powered Transfer and Roller Transfer Plate are not compatible with friction insert belting. Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands and accessories, see pages 65-7.

47 Aquagard 750 Z-Frame Modular Flat Belt.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH.25 (6) KEYWAY 8.87 (225).00 (76) Position D R0.90 (R2) Position D W FLOW W-.97 (50) W 2. () 0.8 (258).02 (77) Position A Position A 7.85 (99).68 (297) L L2 L OPTIONAL LONG SHAFT FOR SIDE DRIVE OPTIONAL NOSE BAR DRIVE 4.6 () 6.0 (5).00 (76) R0.89 (R2) 5 or (48) 4.8 (06) OPTIONAL NOSE BAR TAIL W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to Conveyor Belt Width (W) 6 (52mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to (60mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L, L 2, L ) 24 (60mm) (25mm) increments up to (25,75mm) Drive Shaft Position A D Note: Nose Bar drive conveyors have a minimum conveyor length of 48 For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 47

48 750 Series: Z-frame Modular cleated belt Specifications: Loads up to 750 lbs (45 kg) Belt speeds up to 260 ft/min maximum (78.6 m/min) Belt widths: 6 (52 mm) to 24 (60 mm) Total lengths up to 8 (25,298 mm) 5 to 60 fixed angle modules available in 5 increments Wearstrip material is UHMW One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately 2 TIG welded 04 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available * Conveyor load capacity depends on conveyor size, incline, motor position, accumulated loads and other factors. Features & Benefits: Frame is constructed of TIG welded 04 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Solid UHMW wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 00 psi max High Side Guides No Drilling with Innovative Key Hole & Mounting Rod Z-Frame Configurations 48 Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands and accessories, see pages 65-7.

49 Aquagard 750 Z-frame Modular Cleated belt Position D W FLOW W-.97 (50) Position A.02 (77) L L2 L 5, 0, 5, 0, 45 or (5) 4.6 () 4.8 (06) W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to Conveyor Belt Width (W) 6 (52mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to (60mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L, L 2, L ) 24 (60mm) (25mm) increments up to (25,75mm) Drive Shaft Position A D Note: Nose Bar drive conveyors have a minimum conveyor length of (225) W 5.82 (48).00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH.25 (6) KEYWAY Position D Position A OPTIONAL LONG SHAFT FOR SIDE DRIVE W-2.76 (70) CLEAT WIDTH 6.82 (7) FOR " (25) CLEATS 8.82 (224) FOR " (76) CLEATS For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 49

50 750 Series: Z-frame Curved Modular Flat Belt Specifications: Loads up to 500 lbs (45 kg) Belt speeds up to 260 ft/min maximum (78.6 m/min) Belt widths: 6 (52 mm) to 24 (60 mm) Total lengths up to 8 (25,298 mm) 45, 90, 5, & 80 curves available 5 to 0 fixed angle modules available in 5 increments Wearstrip material is UHMW TIG welded 04 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available Friction Insert Belts Available * Conveyor load capacity depends on conveyor size, incline, motor position, accumulated loads and other factors. Features & Benefits: Frame is constructed of TIG welded 04 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Solid UHMW wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side The Powered Transfer (optional) has /2 diameter pulleys for maintaining speed through transfer Roller Transfer Plate (optional) for smooth product transfer in minimal added length. Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 00 psi max OPTIONAL: Powered Transfer* For small parts and maintaining speeds through transfer. Slave driven with speeds up to 75 ft/min. Z-Frame Configurations OPTIONAL: Roller Transfer Plate* For smooth product transitions in minimal added length. 50 * Powered Transfer and Roller Transfer Plate are not compatible with friction insert belting. Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands and accessories, see pages 65-7.

51 Aquagard 750 Z-frame curved Modular Flat Belt MODULE LENGTH MODULE LENGTH MODULE LENGTH 6.06 (54) 5 or 0 W 4.24 (08) W.46 (88).00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH.25 (6) KEYWAY Position A Position A Position D R2.24 (R57) MODULE LENGTH 4.24 (08) 5.75 (46) OPTIONAL LONG SHAFT FOR SIDE DRIVE BELT RADIUS FLOW W-.46 (7) W+2.28 (58) W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to Conveyor Belt Width (W) 6 (52mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to (60mm) Conveyor Length Reference (L ) increments up to Conveyor Length (L ) Greater of 6 (94mm) or 2W (25mm) increments up to (25,75mm) Conveyor Length Reference (L 2 ) increments up to Conveyor Length (L 2 ) Greater of 20 (508mm) or.5w (25mm) increments up to (25,75mm) Conveyor Length Reference (L, L 4 ) increments up to Conveyor Length (L, L 4 ) 24 (60mm) (25mm) increments up to (25,75mm) Drive Shaft Position A D Note: Nose Bar drive conveyors have a minimum conveyor length of (225).00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH.25 (6) KEYWAY Position D Conveyor Width (in) Belt Width Table Top of Belt Width Belt Width Including Tab Inside Radius of Belt For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 5

52 750 Series: Profiles Flat Profiles 2.99 W W W W W +4.0 W Bolt-On High SIde 05 Bolt-On High SIde Fully Adjustable Round W +4.0 W W +4.0 W W +4.0 W Fully Adjustable Round w/ Tool-less Handles 5 Fully Adjustable Twin Rail 6 Fully Adjustable Twin Rail w/ Tool-less Handles W +4.0 W W +4.0 W Fully Adjustable Flat 8 Fully Adjustable Flat w/ Tool-less Handles Note: Profile 7 and 8 use flexible UHMW rail for flex around curve module. Cleated Profiles W +.8 W W +.8 W Bolt-On High Side 0 Bolt-On High Side W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) 52 Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user.

53 750 Series: Modular Belting Dorner s Standard Modular Plastic Belting offers these valuable advantages: Friction Inserts are available for incline applications. Inserts may be placed along entire length of the belt or spaced on 2, 4, 6 or 2 centers. Friction inserts are indented 2 (5 mm) from each belt edge. Flat Top Belts provide a very closed surface for complete product support, easy wiping. Flush Grid Belts provide an open surface for better drainage, cleaning or air flow/cooling. Curve Belts provide a tight radius, space saving corner. Side tabs ensure positive belt tracking with a flush top design. Reduces number of drives. Cleated Belts provide a sturdy cleat for elevation at steep inclines. Cleats available in and heights. 5

54 750 Series: Modular Belting Standard Plastic Chain Options Belt Type Part Number Reference Description % Open Pitch in (mm) Belt Thickness in (mm) Color Belt Material Rod Material Minimum Product Temperature F(C)*** Maximum Product Temperature F(C)*** FDA / CFIA Approved* Chemical Resistance Wear Resistance Maximum Incline / Decline (degrees)** Straight Flat Belts Standard Drive & Idler Pulley Nose Bar Idler Diameter in (mm) Nose Bar Drive or Nose Bar Idler MN Flat top 0 (25) 0.9 (0) Blue Acetal Polypropylene 40 (5) 200 (9) Y Good V-Good 5 N/A MP Flat top 0 (25) 0.9 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 220 (05) Y V-Good Good 5 N/A MC Flush Grid 5 (25) 0.9 (0) White Acetal Polypropylene 40 (5) 200 (9) Y Good V-Good 5 N/A MD Flush Grid 5 (25) 0.9 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 220 (05) Y V-Good Good 5 N/A MG Flat top () 0.9 (0) White Acetal Nylon -40 (-40) 200 (9) Y Good V-Good 5 (25) MH Flat top () 0.9 (0) White Polypropylene Nylon 40 (5) 220 (05) Y V-Good Good 5 (25) MJ Flush Grid () 0.9 (0) White Acetal Nylon -40 (-40) 200 (9) Y Good V-Good 5 (25) MK Flush Grid () 0.9 (0) White Polypropylene Nylon 40 (5) 220 (05) Y V-Good Good 5 (25) NJ Flat top w/ Cleats 0 (25) 0.9 (0) Blue Acetal Polypropylene 40 (5) 200 (9) Y Good V-Good 60 N/A Cleated Straight Belts Standard Drive & Idler Pulley NK NL NM NE NF NG Flat top w/ Cleats Flat top w/ Cleats Flat top w/ Cleats Flush Grid w/ cleats Flush Grid w/ cleats Flush Grid w/ cleats 0 (25) 0.9 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 220 (05) Y V-Good Good 60 N/A 0 (25) 0.9 (0) Blue Acetal Polypropylene 40 (5) 200 (9) Y Good V-Good 60 N/A 0 (25) 0.9 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 220 (05) Y V-Good Good 60 N/A 5 (25) 0.9 (0) White Acetal Polypropylene 40 (5) 200 (9) Y Good V-Good 60 N/A 5 (25) 0.9 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 220 (05) Y V-Good Good 60 N/A 5 (25) 0.9 (0) White Acetal Polypropylene 40 (5) 200 (9) Y Good V-Good 60 N/A NH Flush Grid w/ cleats 5 (25) 0.9 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 220 (05) Y V-Good Good 60 N/A Friction Top Straight Belts Standard & Nose Bar Idler Pulley SEE TABLE BELOW SEE TABLE BELOW Flat top w/ friction inserts Flush Grid w/ friction inserts 0 (25) 0.55 (4) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 40 (60) Y V-Good Poor 20 N/A 5 (25) 0.55 (4) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 40 (60) Y V-Good Poor 20 N/A Curved Flat Belts Standard & Nose Bar Idler Pulley MT Tight Radius 5 (25) 0.5 () White Acetal Nylon -40 (-40) 200 (9) Y Good V-Good N/A.6 (4) * FDA = Food and Drug Administration, CFIA = Canadian Food Inspection Agency ** Temperature, environmental conditions, product materials and product configuration effect the maximum incline or decline. Product testing is recommended. *** These do not indicate ambient running conditions. Ambient temperature range is 0 to 00 F (- to 8 C). Product temperature is dependent on length of time product is in direct contact with belt surface. Product testing is recommended. FRICTION TOP STRAIGHT PLASTIC CHAIN: Part number reference chart Flat Top w/ Friction Inserts Part Number Reference TA TB TC TD TE Flush Grid w/ Friction Inserts Part Number Reference N/A TF TG TH TJ Friction Insert Spacing [links] Friction Insert Spacing (25 mm) 2 (5 mm) 4 (02 mm) 6 (52 mm) 2 (05 mm) Note: Friction Top not available on nose bar drives

55 750 Series: Gearmotor Mounting Packages Bottom Mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor.09 () 0.46 (2) 9.22 (24) 6.77 (426) Includes stainless steel gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, plated pulleys, guard and mounting hardware Conveyor belt speed can be adjusted with optional ratio pulley kits W = Conveyor Belt Width Nose Bar Mount Package, 90 Gearmotor 8.8 (208) 6.60 (68) 6.57 (67) 7.5 (445) Includes stainless steel gearmotor mounting bracket and mounting hardware W = Conveyor Belt Width Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. For ordering information, see page 78 55

56 750 Series: Gearmotor Mounting Packages Bottom Mount Package, 90 Gearmotor.8 (97) 4.78 (75).59 (45) 2.87 (7).2 (285) Includes stainless steel gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, plated pulleys, guard and mounting hardware Conveyor belt speed can be adjusted with optional ratio pulley kits W = Conveyor Belt Width Side Mount Package, 90 Gearmotor 7.84 (99) 0.7 (8) 7.20 (8) 8.55 (27) 6.78 (426) Includes stainless steel gearmotor mounting bracket and mounting hardware W = Conveyor Belt Width 90 Gearmotor Location Options Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. Dimensions = in (mm) 56 For ordering information, see page 78

57 750 Series: Belt Speed Charts Parallel Shaft Gearmotor Fixed Speed Belt Speed Mount Package RPM From Ft/min M/min Gearmotor Bottom Drive Pulley Pulley Kit Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 0 0 Gearmotor RPM at 50 Hz x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Variable Speed Belt Speed Mount Package RPM From Ft/min M/min Gearmotor Bottom Drive Pulley Pulley Kit Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x RPM from 50 Hz. gearmotors. VFD drive at 6 max. Hz. output x x x x x x x x x x x x x

58 750 Series: Belt Speed Charts Washdown 90 Gearmotor Fixed Speed Belt Speed Mount Package RPM From Ft/min m/min Gearmotor Side & Bottom Nose Bar Drive Pulley Pulley Kit Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart x x 0 0, x 6 0, x x 0 0, x 6 0, x x 0 0, x 6 0, x x 0 0, x 6 0, x x 0 0, x 6 0, x x 0 0, x 6 0, x x 0 0, x 6 0, x x 0 0, 4 Gearmotor RPM at 50 Hz x x x x x x 5 Variable Speed Belt Speed Mount Package RPM From Ft/min m/min Gearmotor Side & Bottom Nose Bar Drive Pulley Pulley Kit Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart x x 0 0 8, x 6 0 8, x x 0 0 8, x 6 0 8, x x 0 0 8, x 6 0 8, x x 0 0 8, x 6 0 8, x x 0 0 8, x 6 0 8, x x 0 0 8, x 6 0 8, x x 0 0 8, x 6 0 8, x x 0 0 8, 9 RPM from 50 Hz. gearmotors. VFD drive at 80 max. Hz. output x x x x x x 0 Industrial 90 Gearmotor Fixed Speed Belt Speed Mount Package RPM From Ft/min m/min Gearmotor Bottom Side Drive Pulley Pulley Kit Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart x 0 0 * x 6 0 * 4. 4 x 0 0 * x 6 0 * x 0 0 * x 6 0 * x 0 0 * x 6 0 * Variable Speed Belt Speed Mount Package RPM From Ft/min m/min Gearmotor Bottom Side Drive Pulley Pulley Kit Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart x 0 0 * x 6 0 * x 0 0 * x 6 0 * x 0 0 * x 6 0 * x 0 0 * x 6 0 * * Note: For Industrial Gearmotors see Industrial Full Specification Catalog, 200 Gearmotors section on page 99, Charts 6, 9 and 0. 58

59 750 Series: Gearmotors Standard Load, Fixed Speed Chart Parallel Shaft, Painted Gearmotor IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant FDA Approved Food Grade Paint Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 20/460 Volts, Phase, 60 Hz Order Motor Starter Separately, see page (60) 4.2 (6) 4.49 (4) 5.79 (47).57 (40).94 (00) 4.49 (4) 6.50 (65) 8.84 (224) Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 7M08PS42FN 7M054PS42FN 7M04PS42FN 7M020PS42FN 7M0PS42FN 7M00PS42FN 7M008PS42FN 7M006PS42FN / / / / / / / / / / / /.5.66 /.8.66 /.8.66 /.8.66 / Chart 2 Parallel Shaft Gearmotor IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant Un-Painted Aluminum Gearmotor Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 20/400 Volts, Phase, 50 Hz Order Motor Starter Separately, see page (60) 4.2 (6) 4.49 (4) 5.79 (47).57 (40).94 (00) 4.49 (4) 6.50 (65) 8.84 (224) Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 7U08PS42FN 7U09PS42FN 7U029PS42FN 7U09PS42FN 7U06PS42FN 7U0PS42FN 7U009PS42FN 7U007PS42FN / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / Note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with the CE Safety Directive. FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm) 59

60 750 Series: Gearmotors Standard Load, Fixed Speed Chart Painted Gearmotor Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant FDA Approved Stainless Painted Gear Box FDA Approved White Epoxy Painted Motor UL and CSA Approved Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Order optional Manual Motor Starter separately, see page 64.0 &.5 HP / 460 Volts, Phase 7.[8].8[97] 9.05[20] 5.74[46] 4.00[02] 2.29[58] 2.8[72].75[44] E Single Phase Only 7.52[9] 6.7[70] E=7.48[444] for.5 HP MOTORS, PHASE 6.50[49] for.5 HP MOTORS, PHASE 7.5[445] for HP MOTORS 8.8[467] for.5 HP MOTORS Part Number 74M080HS4(vp)FN 74M060HS4(vp)FN 74M040HS4(vp)FN 74M00HS4(vp)FN 74M020HS4(vp)FN 74M05HS4(vp)FN 74M00HS4(vp)FN 74M007HS4(vp)FN RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Phase Hp kw FLA Hp kw FLA n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 6.8 / / /.7-.4 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a / / / / / / / / 2. (vp) = voltage and Phase = 5 / , Phase 2 = 0.5 HP: 20 / 460 Volts, Phase;.0 &.5 HP: / 460 Volts, Phase in.-lbs Nm Chart 4 Stainless Steel Gearmotor Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant Stainless Steel Gear Box Stainless Steel Motor UL and CSA Approved /2 HP is Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated and /2 HP are Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled / 460 V, Phase Order optional Manual Motor Starter separately, see page Hp 20 / 460 V, Phase.0 &.5 HP / 460 V, Phase A.8[97] B 5.62[4] 2.29[58] A=7.7[82] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.9[88] for &.5 HP MOTORS B=8.97[228] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.6[2] for &.5 HP MOTORS 2.8[72] 7.52[9].75[95] D.75[44] C C=6.54[420] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.2[488] for &.5 HP MOTORS D=6.7[70] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.6[82] for &.5 HP MOTORS Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 74M080HZS42FN 74M060HZS42FN 74M040HZS42FN 74M00HZS42FN 74M020HZS42FN 74M05HZS42FN 74M00HZS42FN 74M007HZS42FN / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm) 60

61 750 Series: Gearmotors Standard Load, Fixed Speed Chart 5 90 Gearmotor IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant Un-Painted Aluminum Gearmotor Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 20/400 Volts, Phase, 50 Hz Order Motor Starter Separately, see page (2) 5.28 (88) 4.2 (07) 8.05 (204) LEFT HAND SHAFT COVER RIGHT HAND SHAFT COVER 7.20 (8) Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 7U060HS42FN 7U00HS42FN 7U025HS42FN 7U05HS42FN 7U00HS42FN 7U007HS42FN 7U005HS42FN / / / / / / / /..65 / / / / / / Note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with the CE Safety Directive. Standard Load, Variable Speed Chart 6 Parallel Shaft, Painted Gearmotor Variable Frequency Drive, 2 to 60 Hz IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant FDA Approved Food Grade Paint Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 20/460 Volts, Phase, 60 Hz nominal Order Controller Separately, see page (60) 4.2 (6) 4.49 (4) 5.79 (47).57 (40).94 (00) 4.49 (4) 6.50 (65) 8.84 (224) Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 74M08PS42EN 74M054PS42EN 74M04PS42EN 74M020PS42EN 74M0PS42EN 74M00PS42EN 74M008PS42EN 74M006PS42EN 4.2 to to 0 to to to 22 4 to 70 8 to to / / / / / / / / / / / /.5.66 /.8.66 /.8.66 /.8.66 / FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm) 6

62 750 Series: Gearmotors Standard Load, Variable Speed Chart 7 Parallel Shaft Gearmotor Variable Frequency Drive IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant Unpainted Aluminum Gearmotor Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 20/400 Volts Phase, 50 Hz nominal Order Controller Separately, see page (60) 4.2 (6) 4.49 (4) 5.79 (47).57 (40).94 (00) 4.49 (4) 6.50 (65) 8.84 (224) Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 7U08PS42EN 7U09PS42EN 7U029PS42EN 7U09PS42EN 7U06PS42EN 7U0PS42EN 7U009PS42EN 4. to to 58.5 to to 8 2. to to to / / / / / / / / / / / / / / Note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with the CE Safety Directive. Chart 8 90 Painted Gearmotor Variable Frequency Drive, 6 to 60 Hz Phase Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant FDA Approved Stainless Painted Gearbox FDA Approved White Epoxy Painted Motor UL and CSA Approved Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Order Controller Separately, see page 64 7.[8].8[97] 9.05[20] 5.74[46] 4.00[02] 2.29[58] 2.8[72].75[44] 7.52[9] E E=6.50[49] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.5[445] for HP MOTORS 8.8[467] for.5 HP MOTORS 6.7[70] Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 74M080HS42EN 74M060HS42EN 74M040HS42EN 74M00HS42EN 74M020HS42EN 74M05HS42EN 74M00HS42EN 74M007HS42EN / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm) 62

63 750 Series: Gearmotors Standard Load, Variable Speed Chart 9 90 Stainless Steel Gearmotor Variable Frequency Drive, 6 to 60 Hz Phase Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant Stainless Steel Gear Box and Motor UL and CSA Approved /2 HP is Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated and /2 HP are Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled Order Controller Separately, see page 64 A.8[97] B 5.62[4] 2.29[58] A=7.7[82] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.9[88] for &.5 HP MOTORS B=8.97[228] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.6[2] for &.5 HP MOTORS 2.8[72] 7.52[9].75[95] D.75[44] C C=6.54[420] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.2[488] for &.5 HP MOTORS D=6.7[70] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.6[82] for &.5 HP MOTORS Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 74M080HZS42EN 74M060HZS42EN 74M040HZS42EN 74M00HZS42EN 74M020HZS42EN 74M05HZS42EN 74M00HZS42EN 74M007HZS42EN / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / Chart 0 90 Gearmotor Variable Frequency Drive, 2 to 80 Hz IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant Un-Painted Aluminum Gearmotor Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 20/400 Volts, Phase, 50 Hz nominal Order Controller Separately, see page (2) 5.28 (88) 4.2 (07) 8.05 (204) LEFT HAND SHAFT COVER RIGHT HAND SHAFT COVER 7.20 (8) Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 7U060HS42EN 7U00HS42EN 7U025HS42EN 7U05HS42EN 7U00HS42EN 7U007HS42EN 5.5 to 7 to 74.2 to to 49.6 to to / / / / / / /..65 / / / / / Note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with the CE Safety Directive. FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm) 6

64 750 Series: Controls Variable Speed Controller Chart A Variable Speed Controllers Variable Frequency Drive Nema 4X Plastic Enclosure Stainless steel mounting hardware Digital Display Keypad with Start/Stop and Speed variation Includes cord to motor Power to controller by others UL Approved 0. (260) 6. (60) 8.0 (20) 4.5 (4) 8.8 (222) Part Number 74MV22S 74MV222S 74MV2S 74MV22S 74MV44S 74MV227S 74MV227S 74MV447S Input Output Volts Phase Hz Volts Phase Max Hp Max Amps A (width) B (depth) (200) 6. (55) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200) 6. (55) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200).8 (96) 4.4 (2) 4.9 (24) 4.9 (24) 4.4 (2) 4.9 (24) 4.9 (24) 4.9 (24) Manual Motor Starter Chart B Manual Motor Starter Nema 4X Plastic Enclosure Stainless Steel mounting hardware IP 66 Start / Stop Switch Lock out tag out capable Includes wiring to Motor Power to Starter by others No plug/cord set included.00[25] 8.78[22] 5.0[28] 8.09[205] 7.00[78] 8.6[29] 7.44[89] 6.26[59] Part Number 74MMF 74MM2D 74MM2A 74MM2B 74MM2C 74MM2D 74MM2E 74MM4A 74MM4B 74MM4C 74MM4D FLA = Full Load Amperes Input Volts Phase Hz FLA

65 750 Series: Support Stands Fixed Foot Support Stands All components are stainless steel with a 2B finish Vertical leg is formed sheet metal Has +/- 2 of adjustment Fixed Foot self aligns 0* for sloped floors Horizontal Mount Version for Direct Level Conveyor Mounting Incline Mount Version for angled conveyor applications Horizontal Mount Adjustable Mount HM Fixed Foot Model Conveyor Width 4 (02) 6 (52) 8 2 (5) increments up to... 6 (20) (94) WW Part # Reference increments up to... 6 Stand Width* 7 (78) 9 (229) 2 (5) increments up to... 9 (279) (99) Horizontal Mount AM HM Horizontal Mount Width at Feet* 2 (05) Minimum Top of Belt Height 6 (406) Maximum Top of Belt Height 20 (508) 4 (56) 7 (42) 2 (5) 6 02 increments up to (406) (,8) 8 (25) increments up to (457) (,829) 22 (25) increments up to (559) (,90) HHHH Height Reference increments up to Stand Width* 7 (78) 9 (229) 2 (5) increments up to... 9 (279) (99) Adjustable Mount Outrigger AM Adjustable Mount HR Horizontal Mount w/outriggers AR Adj. Angle Mount w/outriggers Width at Feet* 2 (05) Minimum Top of Belt Height 20 (508) Maximum Top of Belt Height 24 (60) 4 (56) 2 (5) 25 (65) 6 02 increments up to (406) (,8) 22 (25) increments up to (559) (,829) 26 (25) increments up to (660) (,90) HHHH Height Reference increments up to Stand Width* 7 (78) Width at Feet* 22 (559) Minimum Top of Belt Height 6 (406) Maximum Top of Belt Height 20 (508) 9 (229) 24 (60) 7 (42) 2 (5) 2 (5) increments up to... 9 (279) (99) increments up to (660) (,72) 8 (25) increments up to (457) (,829) 22 (25) increments up to (559) (,90) HHHH Height Reference increments up to Stand Width* 7 (78) Width at Feet* 22 (559) Minimum Top of Belt Height 20 (508) Maximum Top of Belt Height 24 (60) 9 (229) 24 (60) 2 (5) 25 (65) 2 (5) increments up to... 9 (279) (99) increments up to (660) (,72) 22 (25) increments up to (559) (,829) 26 (25) increments up to (660) (,90) HHHH Height Reference increments up to *Note: Width dimension is nominal dimension for space claim purposes only. For detail dimension, contact factory. Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. For ordering information, see page 78 65

66 750 Series: Support Stands Swivel Locking Caster Support Stands All components are stainless steel with a 2B finish Vertical leg is formed sheet metal Has +/- 2 of adjustment Caster is swivel locking Horizontal Mount Version for Direct Level Conveyor Mounting Incline Mount Version for angled conveyor applications HM Swivel Locking Caster Model Conveyor Width 4 (02) Horizontal Mount 6 (52) 8 2 (5) increments up to... 6 (20) (94) WW Part # Reference increments up to... 6 Stand Width* 7 (78) 9 (229) 2 (5) increments up to... 9 (279) (99) Horizontal Mount AM HM Horizontal Mount Width at Feet* 6 (406) Minimum Top of Belt Height 2 (5) Maximum Top of Belt Height 25 (65) 8 (457) 22 (559) 26 (660) increments up to (508) (,29) 2 (25) increments up to (584) (,829) 27 (25) increments up to (686) (,90) HHHH Height Reference increments up to Stand Width* 7 (78) 9 (229) 2 (5) increments up to... 9 (279) (99) Adjustable Mount Outrigger AM Adjustable Mount HR Horizontal Mount w/outriggers AR Adj. Angle Mount w/outriggers Width at Feet* 2 (05) Minimum Top of Belt Height 25 (65) Maximum Top of Belt Height 29 (77) 4 (56) 26 (660) 0 (762) 6 02 increments up to (406) (,29) 27 (25) increments up to (686) (,829) (25) increments up to (787) (,90) HHHH Height Reference increments up to Stand Width* 7 (78) Width at Feet* 26 (660) Minimum Top of Belt Height 2 (5) Maximum Top of Belt Height 25 (65) 9 (229) 27 (686) 22 (559) 26 (660) 2 (5) increments up to... 9 (279) (99) increments up to (7) (,47) 2 (25) increments up to (584) (,829) 27 (25) increments up to (686) (,90) HHHH Height Reference increments up to Stand Width* 7 (78) Width at Feet* 26 (660) Minimum Top of Belt Height 25 (65) Maximum Top of Belt Height 29 (77) 9 (229) 27 (686) 26 (660) 0 (762) 2 (5) increments up to... 9 (279) (99) increments up to (7) (,47) 27 (25) increments up to (686) (,829) (25) increments up to (787) (,90) HHHH Height Reference increments up to *Note: Width dimension is nominal dimension for space claim purposes only. For detail dimension, contact factory. Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 66 For ordering information, see page 78

67 750 Series: Support Stands Tall Support Stands Fixed Foot Model Conveyor Width 4 (02) 6 (52) 8 in 2 (5mm) increments up to (20) (,524) WW Part # Reference in 02 increments up to Stand Width at Foot * Top of Belt (Minimum) 7 (,80) Top of Belt (Maximum) 75 (,905) 72 (,829) 76 (,90) (0.26)(HH max) + (WW + 6) inches 7 in (25mm) increments up to (,854) (2,4) 77 in (25mm) increments up to (,956) (2,55) HHHH Part Number in 0 increments up to All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Has +/- 2 of adjustment Fixed Foot self aligns 0 for sloped floors Horizontal Mount Version for Direct Level Conveyor Mounting Incline Mount Version for angled conveyor applications Includes Diagonal Brace for stability Tall Support Stands require the use of floor anchors HM AM * Width dimension is nominal dimension for space claim purposes only. For detail dimension, contact factory. Horizontal Mount Tall Stand Horizontal Mount Adjustable Mount Low Height Support stands Fixed Foot Model Top of Belt (Minimum) 7 (78) Top of Belt (Maximum) (279) 9 (229) (0) HHHH Part # Reference Stand Width at Foot * WW (267mm) All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Has +/- 2 of adjustment Fixed Foot self aligns 0 for sloped floors Caster is swivel locking Horizontal conveyor mounts only * Width dimension is nominal dimension for space claim purposes only. For detail dimension, contact factory. Swivel Locking Caster Model Swivel Locking Caster Model Conveyor Width 4 (02) 6 (52) 8 in 2 (5mm) increments up to (20) (,524) WW Part # Reference in 02 increments up to Stand Width at Caster * 22 (559) Top of Belt (Minimum) 2 (05) Top of Belt (Maximum) 6 (406) 24 (60) 26 in 2 (5mm) increments up to (660) (,98) HHHH Part Number Sanitary Floor Anchor Kits 4 (56) 8 (457) 6 (406) 20 (508) Type Sanitary Floor Anchor Kit /8 (0 mm) x.57 (40 mm) drop in Stainless Steel Anchor is flush with floor upon removal of bolt Two (2) per anchor kit Part No. FAS- Type 2 Sanitary Floor Anchor Kit /8 (0 mm) x 2 /4 (70 mm) Stainless Steel Threaded anchor bolt protrudes above floor after installation Two (2) per anchor kit Part No. FAS-2 Note: Dimensions = in (mm) For ordering information, see page 78 67

68 750 Series: Powered Transfer Interfacing with Large Pulleys for Small Part Transfers Smoothly Transfer Parts Smaller than 2 Maintain Product Speed Through Transfer Compact, Space Saving Design with Minimal Length Added 68 Finally, a belted transfer in a compact space saving design. The powered transfer incorporates precision timing belts for consistent tracking and speed; plus maintenance free operation. Timing belts smoothly travel over /2 nose bars for ease of product transfer. The innovative transfer module can be added to the 750 Series conveyors or ordered as an individual conveyor.

69 750 Series: Powered Transfer Features & Benefits /2 diameter nose rollers for small part transfer Adjustable height and distance to main roller for fine tuning the product transfer High speed positive drive conveyor belts to ensure consistent speed Maintains product speed through transfer for gapping and pacing Located at drive and/or idler end of main conveyor Compatible with both curve and straight conveyors Compatible with all end drive tails and drive mount packages Made of corrosion resistant materials for wipe down or occasional wash down Slave driven from main roller for minimal install requirements Conveyor Specifications: Conveyor Width: 4 wide to 6 wide in 2 increments Conveyor Length: Adds less than 8 to conveyor length Conveyor Speed: Up to 75 ft/min Slave Drive Speed Options: Same Speed Speed Up by.6 : Speed Down by.25 : General Specifications FDA approved /2 diameter self lubricated nose bar bushings Positive drive FDA approved urethane belting 00 series stainless steel / anodized aluminum construction Plated corrosion resistant bearings Used on infeed and exit tail For infeed tail : Needs conveyor to be ordered with output shaft tail For exit tail : Needs conveyor to be ordered with dual output shaft tail Can be purchased as a conveyor only Does not include mounting brackets or slave drive Includes output shaft only W W+4.2 (0) END OF BELT 7.44 (89) 4.56 (6).57 (294) 4.2 (59) Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 69

70 750 Series: Accessories Roller Transfer Plate W+.85 (47) 4 wide to 6 wide Includes 0.4 diameter rollers mounted in transfer plate Adjustable mounting to fine tune small parts transfer Used on curves and straights, infeed and exit tail All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel END OF BELT.56 (4) -.8 (0).8 (8) - 4. (09) 7.7 (96) 4.69 (9) - 5. (5) Overhead Guide For part hold down or cover closing Adjustable height and position across width Round nose UHMW guide with stainless steel backing Lengths: to 0 in increments Horizontal Brackets provided for every 2 of length Available in standard adjustable and tool-less adjustable mount styles All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel Does not include vertical mounting post. To be used with profiles thru 8 or upper guide assembly. Upper Guide Used for guiding lids and/or tall parts Round nose UHMW guide with stainless steel backing Equipped with or without tall adjustable height bracket Length: to 0 in increments (2) width adjusting options (standard 5 post, 0 post) Brackets provided for every 2 of length Available in standard adjustable and tool-less adjustable mount styles All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel Accessory Mounting bar Used for mounting adjustable devices such as photoeyes and sensors Can be mounted directly to frame or in combination with guide brackets 2 Versions: bar used to mount to 24 hole pattern in frames L shape used to mount at tail ends Compatible with Value Guide blocks (VG-02-02) All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel Note: Dimensions = in (mm) Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 70 For ordering information, see page 79

71 750 Series: Accessories Photo Eye and Reflector Mounting Brackets Mounts standard 8 mm diameter photoeyes or sensors Adjustable height and angle () Photo Eye types: Thru beam includes (2) mounts Reflector includes () Photo eye mount and () reflector mount (reflector included) Convergent includes () photoeye mount () Mount versions: To fixed post (does not include mounting post) To fixed post (includes mounting post) To accessory mounting bar (includes Value Guide Block and adjustable post) All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel Electrical / Air Routing clip Light weight mounting clip for wire clips, conduit clicks, wire tie mounts, etc. Mounts directly to M8 guide bolts and/or lower frame lip May be mounted to inside of frame or outside of frame Offset to clear mounting screws Package of 0 pieces All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel Part Number 75RC-0 Description Electrical / Air Routing Clip (package of 0 pieces) m8 Accessory Mounting bolt Stainless steel mounting hardware M8-.25 Male mounting stud Used with Dorner key-slot system Eliminates the need to access the inside of the frame Package of 0 pieces Part Number Description 75M8-0 M8 Accessory Mounting Bolt (package of 0 pieces) Note: Dimensions = in (mm) For ordering information, see page 79 7

72 750 Series: Part Number Reference 750 SERIES: MODULAR FLAT BELT CONVEYOR 75 M WW LLL D I A B C PP PP BB Belt Material: MN, MP, etc. Profile (D Side): 0 = Lowside 6 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 02 = Integral High Side 7 = Fully Adjustable Flat 04 = High Side 8 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Flat 05 = High Side 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side = Fully Adjustable Round 5 = Low Side -.4 Diameter Holes D Side 4 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 52 = High Side -.4 Diameter Holes D Side 5 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round Profile (A Side): 0 = Lowside 6 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 02 = Integral High Side 7 = Fully Adjustable Flat 04 = High Side 8 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Flat 05 = High Side 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side = Fully Adjustable Round 5 = Low Side -.4 Diameter Holes A Side 4 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 52 = High Side -.4 Diameter Holes A Side 5 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round Idler End Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from idler end with braces B = 2 from idler end H = 8 from idler end with braces C = 8 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 0 from idler end with braces E = 0 from idler end Drive End Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from drive end with braces B = 2 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end Motor Shaft Position: A or D Idler End: = Standard 2 = Nose Bar Drive / Pulley Type: = Standard Bottom Drive 2 = Standard Side Drive Drive Shaft Position = Bottom Drive Double Output 4 = Side Drive Tail w/ Dual Output Shaft 5 = Nose Bar 6 = Nose Bar Customer Supplied Drive Length: Belt Width: 04-6 Language: M = English Example: 75M2244DHH024TC A D Description: AquaGard 750 Series straight flat belt stainless steel conveyor with auxiliary shaft side drive tail in position D and standard infeed tail, 2 (05mm) nominal width x 27 (820mm) long with integral high side profile on the A side, tool-less fully adjustable round profile on the D side and type TC white flat (closed) top polypropylene plastic chain with friction inserts every four links. The conveyor is configured to have Dorner stainless steel support stands with diagonal braces 8 (457mm) from infeed end and 8 (457mm) from discharge end. Note: Usable chain width is.84 (0mm). Conveyor sections longer than (5mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. 72 These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to

73 750 Series: Part Number Reference 750 SERIES: MODULAR CLEATED BELT CONVEYOR 75 M WW LLL D I A B C PP BB SS Drive Shaft Position Cleat Spacing: 0-99 = Link Spacing Belt Material: MN, MP, etc. Profile: 0 = Lowside 02 = High Side 0 = High Side 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes Both Sides 5 = Low Side -.4 Diameter Holes Both Side Idler End Stand Location: A D A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from idler end with braces B = 2 from idler end H = 8 from idler end with braces C = 8 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 0 from idler end with braces E = 0 from idler end Drive End Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from drive end with braces B = 2 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end Motor Shaft Position: A or D Idler End: = Standard Drive / Pulley Type: = Standard Bottom Drive 2 = Standard Side Drive = Bottom Drive Tail w/ Dual Output Shaft 4 = Side Drive Tail w/ Dual Output Shaft Length: Belt Width: Language: M = English Example: 75M88AGH50NK06 Description: AquaGard 750 Series straight cleated stainless steel conveyor with auxiliary shaft bottom drive tail in position A, 8 (457mm) nominal width x 9-0 (2997mm) long with low side with keyslot holes profile. Plastic chain is type NK white flat (closed) top polypropylene with (25mm) tall cleats on 6 (52mm) centers. Note: Usable chain width is 5. (84mm). Depending upon belt width, each individual cleat may consist of multiple pieces. The conveyor is configured to have Dorner stainless steel support stands with diagonal braces 8 (457mm) from infeed end and 2 (05mm) from discharge end. Conveyor sections longer than (5mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to 7

74 750 Series: Part Number Reference 750 SERIES: STRAIGHT INFEED / IDLER SECTION 75 M WW LLL D A PP PP BB Sequence Number: Belt Material: MN, MP, etc. Profile (D Side): 0 = Lowside = Fully Adjustable Round 4 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 5 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round 6 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 7 = Fully Adjustable Flat 8 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Flat 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 5 = Low Side -.4 Diameter Holes D Side Profile (A Side): 0 = Lowside 7 = Fully Adjustable Flat = Fully Adjustable Round 8 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Flat 4 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 5 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round 5 = Low Side -.4 Diameter Holes D Side 6 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round Infeed Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from drive end with braces B = 2 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 0 from drive end with braces E = 0 from drive end M = 6 from drive end with braces F = 6 from drive end Pulley Type: = Standard Idler Pulley Length: Belt Width: 04-6 Language: M = English Example: 75M206B500MT Description: AquaGard 750 Series infeed module for a stainless steel curve conveyor with standard infeed tail, 2 (05mm) nominal width x (94mm) long with low side with keyslot holes profile on the A side, low side profile on the D side and type MT plastic chain. The conveyor is configured to have Dorner stainless steel support stands 2 (05mm) from infeed end. Note: Usable chain width is.84 (0mm). Conveyor sections longer than (5mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. Section (Infeed / Idler) Section 2 (Curve) Section (Intermediate Straight) Section 4 (Curve) Last Section (Exit Drive) 74 These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to

75 750 Series: Part Number Reference 750 SERIES: CURVE SECTION M WW DDD PP PP BB R 2 Position Sequence Number: 2, 4 Hand: R = Right, L = Left Belt Material: MN, MP, etc. Profile Curve - D Side (Inside - R, Outside - L): 0 = Lowside = Fully Adjustable Round 4 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 5 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round 6 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 7 = Fully Adjustable Flat 8 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Flat 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 5 = Low Side -.4 Diameter Holes D Side Profile Curve - A Side (Inside - L, Outside - R): A Side D Side 0 = Lowside 7 = Fully Adjustable Flat = Fully Adjustable Round 8 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Flat 4 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 5 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round 5 = Low Side -.4 Diameter Holes D Side 6 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round Degree of Turn: 045, 090, 5, 80 Belt Width: 04-6 Language: M = English Example: 752M MTL2 Description: AquaGard 750 Series curve module for a stainless steel conveyor, 2 (05mm) nominal width x 90 degree angle at a 2.2 (589mm) radius to the center line of the belt and low side with keyslot holes profile on the A side, low side profile on the D side with type MT (open mesh) acetal plastic chain. Note: Usable chain width is.84 (0mm). Section (Infeed / Idler) Section 2 (Curve) Section (Intermediate Straight) Section 4 (Curve) Last Section (Exit Drive) These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to 75

76 750 Series: Part Number Reference 750 SERIES: STRAIGHT INTERMEDIATE SECTION 75 M WW LLL PP PP BB Position Sequence Number: Belt Material: MN, MP, etc. Profile (D Side): 0 = Lowside = Fully Adjustable Round 4 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 5 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round 6 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 7 = Fully Adjustable Flat 8 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Flat 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 5 = Low Side -.4 Diameter Holes D Side Profile (A Side): A Side D Side 0 = Lowside 7 = Fully Adjustable Flat = Fully Adjustable Round 8 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Flat 4 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 5 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round 5 = Low Side -.4 Diameter Holes D Side 6 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round Length: Belt Width: 04-6 Language: M = English Example: 75M206500MT Description: AquaGard 750 Series mid module for a stainless steel curve conveyor, 2 (05mm) nominal width x (94mm) long with low side with keyslot holes profile on the A side, low side profile on the D side and type MT plastic chain. Note: Usable chain width is.84 (0mm). Conveyor sections longer than (5mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. Section (Infeed / Idler) Section 2 (Curve) Section (Intermediate Straight) Section 4 (Curve) Last Section (Exit Drive) 76 These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to

77 750 Series: Part Number Reference 750 SERIES: STRAIGHT EXIT / DRIVE LAST SECTION 75 4 M WW LLL D A SS PP PP BB 4 Drive Shaft Position Sequence Number:, 5 Belt Material: MN, MP, etc. Profile (D Side): 0 = Lowside = Fully Adjustable Round 4 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 5 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round 6 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 7 = Fully Adjustable Flat 8 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Flat 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 5 = Low Side -.4 Diameter Holes D Side Profile (A Side): A D 0 = Lowside 7 = Fully Adjustable Flat = Fully Adjustable Round 8 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Flat 4 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 5 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round 5 = Low Side -.4 Diameter Holes D Side 6 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round Discharge Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from drive end with braces B = 2 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end Drive Position: A or D Pulley Type: = Standard Idler Pulley = Bottom Drive Tail w/ Dual Output Shaft 2 = Standard Side Drive 4 = Side Drive Tail w/ Dual Output Shaft Length: Belt Width: 04-6 Language: M = English, U = CE English Example: 754M2048AB500MT5 Description: AquaGard 750 Series discharge module for a stainless steel curve conveyor with auxiliary shaft bottom drive tail in position A, 2 (05mm) nominal width x 4 (29mm) long with low side with keyslot holes profile on the A side, low side profile on the D side and type MT plastic chain. The conveyor is configured to have Dorner stainless steel support stands 2 (05mm) from discharge end. Note: Usable chain width is.84 (0mm). Conveyor sections longer than (5mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. Section (Infeed / Idler) Section 2 (Curve) Section (Intermediate Straight) Section 4 (Curve) Last Section (Exit Drive) These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to 77

78 750 Series: Part Number Reference 750 SERIES: GEARMOTOR MOUNT PACKAGES 75 M S P S A GS CS Conveyor Sprocket: 0 = 0 Tooth, Blank = Side Drive Gearmotor Sprocket: 0 = 0 Tooth, 6 = 6 Tooth, Blank = Side Drive Drive Position: A or D Gearmotor Size: S = Standard Load, H = Heavy Load, L = Light Load Gearmotor Type: = Washdown 90 Degree 2 = Washdown Parallel Shaft = Industrial 90 Degree Drive Type: S = Side, B = Bottom, N = Nose Bar Language: M = English Example: 75MSSD Description: AquaGard 750 Series side mounting package for a 90 degree FDA painted gearmotor mounted in the D position. 750 SERIES: SUPPORT STANDS 75 S HM WW 2 6 F Foot: C = Fixed Foot, C = Caster w/ Diagonal Brace, B = Fixed Foot w/ Diagonal Brace Maximum Top of Belt Height Minimum Top of Belt Height Conveyor Width: 04-6 Stand Type: HM = Horizontal Mount HR = Horizontal Mount w/ Outriggers AM = Angle Mount AR = Angle Mount w/ Outriggers Conveyor Type: S = Straight, C = Curve Example: 75SAR248C Description: AquaGard 750 Series 0 to 60 degree angle direct mounting outrigger stainless steel support stand for a 2 (05mm) wide 750 series conveyor, adjustable height from 4 to 8 (864mm - 965mm) top of belt with total locking casters. This stand consists of stainless welded open channel construction and requires one 9MB-220 diagonal brace. Required stand height is 6.5 (926mm) and is stand number from infeed end. Uncrated weight = 2 lbs. (9.5 kg). 750 SERIES: TALL SUPPORT STANDS X MTH WW HH HH B Maximum Top of Belt Height Minimum Top of Belt Height Conveyor Width: Stand Type: TH = Tall Horizontal Mount TA = Tall Angle Mount Conveyor Type: S = 750 Straight, C = 750 Curve 750 SERIES: LOW HEIGHT SUPPORT STANDS X MLH WW HH HH F Foot: F = Fixed Foot, C = Swivel Locking Caster Maximum Top of Belt Height Minimum Top of Belt Height Conveyor Width/Stand Type: 00 = Fixed Foot Model 04 thru 60 = 4 to 60, Caster Model Conveyor Type: S = 750 Straight, C = 750 Curve 78 These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to

79 750 Series: Part Number Reference 750 SERIES: ROLLER TRANSFER PLATE 75ST C - WW Conveyor Width: 04-6 Conveyor Type: S = 750 Straight, C = 750 Curve 750 SERIES: OVERHEAD GUIDE 75HG A - LL Guide Length: 0-0 Guide Type: A = Adjustable, T = Tool-less 750 SERIES: UPPER GUIDE 75UG A W P - LL Guide Length: 0-0 Post: V = Vertical post, N = No vertical post Guide Width: = 5, 2 = 0 Guide Type: A = Adjustable, T = Tool-less 750 SERIES: ACCESSORY MOUNTING BAR 75AM - LL Tail Version: 0 = tail, 0 = tail 750 SERIES: PHOTO EYE AND REFLECTOR MOUNTING BRACKETS 75 PM - FP Post Type: NP = Fixed Post w/o post included FP = Fixed Post w/ post included AM = Accessory Mount Mount Type: PM = Photoeye Mount RM = Reflective Mount CM = Convergent Mount These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to 79

80 AquaGard Series 760 Sanitary Conveyors Stainless steel General Specifications: Flat and Cleated Belt Z-Frame Flat and Cleated Belt Belt widths: 4 (02 mm) to 52 (,2 mm) Lengths: 6 (94 mm) to 40 (2,92 mm) Load Capacity: up to 500 lbs (227 kg) models available Applications: Part Transfers Mainline Packaging High Speed Long Runs Automated and Manual Assembly Part Incline / Decline Routing (Z-Frame) 80

81 AquaGard 760 Series V-Guided Belt Tracking Nose Bar Tail No Drilling with Innovative Key Hole & Mounting Rod Standard Feature Overview 82 flat Belt 84 Cleated Belt 86 z-frame Flat Belt 88 Z-frame Cleated Belt 90 Profiles 92 Belting 9 Gearmotor Mounting Packages 97 Gearmotors 0 Support Stands 07 Accessories 0 Part Number Reference 2 8

82 760 Series: Standard Feature Overview AquaGard 760 Series Conveyors Improve your bottom line results with industry leading speeds, best in class product transfers, and ease of automation. Dorner s AquaGard is ready for your next product Move! Tailor Fit Accessories for Your Needs Ease of Automation & Guiding No Drilling with Innovative Key Hole & Mounting Rod Low Voltage Wiring Accesories Accessory Bar for Mounting Multiple Accessories Fully Adjustable Single Rail Fully Adjustable Twin Rail High Side Guide 82

83 760 Series: Standard Feature Overview Maximum Flexibility Straights & Z-Frame Modules Product Transfers to Choose From No Drilling Required for Ease of Automation or Guiding Attach controls, photo eyes, low voltage wire, & air tubing Attach accessory bar for mounting several automation components Attach any of standard guide packages to tailor fit conveyor Increase Throughput Speeds up to 00 feet per minute V-Guided Belt Tracking Nose Bar Tails Powered Transfer Reduce Product Loss Nose Bar Tails for small part transfer Powered Transfer for maintaining speeds through transfer Roller transfer plate for smooth product transfer in minimal added length Snap in Hard Anodized Aluminum Bed Rails TIG Welded Stainless Steel Open Frame Design V-Guided Belt Tracking Nose Bar Tail Tip-Up Tail Powered Transfer Roller Transfer Plate Formed Angle TIG Welded Stand 8

84 760 Series: Flat Belt Specifications: Loads up to 500 lbs (227 kg) Belt speeds up to 00 ft/min maximum (9 m/min) Belt widths: 4 (02 mm) to 52 (,2 mm) Total lengths: (94 mm) up to 40 (2,92 mm) Wearstrip material is hard coat anodized aluminum One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately TIG welded 04 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available * Conveyor load capacity depends on conveyor size, incline, motor position, accumulated loads and other factors. Optional: Adjustable Scraper Features & Benefits: Frame is constructed of TIG welded 04 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Hard coat anodized aluminum wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side Spindle has groove for V-guided belt and optimum performance Integrate jack-screw system in tails for belt take up and easy tracking adjustments The center drive (optional) allows additional clearance on ends when needed Nose bar idler tail (optional) has diameter pulley for small product transfers The Powered Transfer (optional) has /2 diameter pulleys for maintaining speed through transfer Roller Transfer Plate (optional) for smooth product transfer in minimal added length Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 00 psi max Tip-Up Tail V-Guided Belt Tracking Nose Bar Tail Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands and accessories, see pages For ordering information, see page 2

85 Aquagard 760 Flat Belt OPTIONAL LONG SHAFT FOR SIDE DRIVE W (67) Position A Position A FLOW W 4.47 (4) W Position D Position D.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH.25 (6) KEYWAY.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH.25 (6) KEYWAY L 4.00 (02) 4.00 (02) 4.5 (5) R.8 (R46) 5.59 (42) 5.00 (27) W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) R0.56 (R4) OPTIONAL NOSE BAR TAIL STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to Conveyor Belt Width (W) 4 (02mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to (,2mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L) 6 (94mm) (25mm) increments up to (2,92mm) Drive Shaft Position A B C D Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66% (220) Optional: Center Drive Module For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 85

86 760 Series: cleated Belt Specifications: Loads up to 500 lbs (227 kg) Belt speeds up to 00 ft/min maximum (9 m/min) Belt widths: 6 (52 mm) to 24 (60 mm) Total lengths: (94 mm) up to 40 (2,92 mm) Cleats available in and heights Wearstrip material is hard coat anodized aluminum One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately TIG welded 04 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available Sidewall Cleated Belts for Small Parts * Conveyor load capacity depends on conveyor size, incline, motor position, accumulated loads and other factors. Features & Benefits: Frame is constructed of TIG welded 04 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Hard coat anodized aluminum wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side Spindle has groove for V-guided belt and optimum performance Integrate jack-screw system in tails for belt take up and easy tracking adjustments Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 00 psi max V-Guided Belt Tracking High Side Guides Tip-Up Tail Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands and accessories, see pages For ordering information, see page

87 Aquagard 760 Cleated Belt W (67) Position A FLOW W Position D.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH.25 (6) KEYWAY L 4.00 (02) 4.00 (02) 4.5 (5) R.8 (R46) W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to Conveyor Belt Width (W) 6 (52mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to (60mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L) 6 (94mm) (25mm) increments up to (2,92mm) 4.47 (4) OPTIONAL LONG SHAFT FOR SIDE DRIVE Position A W Position D 8.68 (220).00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH.25 (6) KEYWAY W-2.78 (7) CLEAT WIDTH W A A= 5.60 (42) for A or J cleats 6.7 (57) for B, K, P or S cleats 6.96 (77) for C, L, Q or T cleats 5.0 (28) for G or M cleats 5.9 (7) for N or R cleats W-2.82 (72) W-4.94 (25) CLEAT WIDTH B SIDEWALL CLEATED BELT B= 5.78 (47) for W or Y cleats 6.57 (67) for X or Z cleats Drive Shaft Position A B C D Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 87

88 760 Series: Z-Frame Flat Belt Specifications: Loads up to 500 lbs (227 kg) Belt speeds up to 00 ft/min maximum (9 m/min) Belt widths: 4 (02 mm) to 24 (60 mm) Total lengths up to 40 (2,92 mm) 5 to 0 fixed angle modules in 5 increments Wearstrip material is hard coat anodized aluminum One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately TIG welded 04 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available Optional: Adjustable Scraper * Conveyor load capacity depends on conveyor size, incline, motor position, accumulated loads and other factors. Features & Benefits: Frame is constructed of TIG welded 04 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Hard coat anodized aluminum wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side Spindle has groove for V-guided belt and optimum performance Integrate jack-screw system in tails for belt take up and easy tracking adjustments The center drive (optional) allows additional clearance on ends when needed Nose bar idler tail (optional) has diameter pulley for small product transfers The Powered Transfer (optional) has /2 diameter pulleys for maintaining speed through transfer Roller Transfer Plate (optional) for smooth product transfer in minimal added length Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 00 psi max Tip-Up Tail V-Guided Belt Tracking Nose Bar Tail Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands and accessories, see pages For ordering information, see page 4

89 Aquagard 760 Z-Frame Flat Belt 4.47 (4).00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH.25 (6) KEYWAY OPTIONAL LONG SHAFT FOR SIDE DRIVE Position D Z-Frame Configuration W FLOW W W+2.62 (67) 8.68 (220) Position A L L (42).00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH.25 (6) KEYWAY 4.00 (02) 5, 0, 5 or 0 R.8 (R46) R0.56 (R4) 5.00 (27) Optional: Center Drive Module OPTIONAL NOSE BAR TAIL W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to Conveyor Belt Width (W) 4 (02mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to (60mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L, L 2 ) 24 (60mm) (25mm) increments up to (2,92mm) Drive Shaft Position A B C D Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 89

90 760 Series: Z-frame cleated belt Specifications: Loads up to 500 lbs (227 kg) Belt speeds up to 00 ft/min maximum (9 m/min) Belt widths: 6 (52 mm) to 24 (60 mm) Total lengths up to 40 (2,92 mm) 0 to 60 fixed angle modules available in 5 increments Wearstrip material is hard coat anodized aluminum One revolution of the drive pulley moves the belt approximately TIG welded 04 Stainless Steel Frame Hard Chrome Coated Bearing with FDA H Food Grade Grease FDA approved belting and plastic components models available Sidewall Cleated Belts for Small Parts * Conveyor load capacity depends on conveyor size, incline, motor position, accumulated loads and other factors. Features & Benefits: Frame is constructed of TIG welded 04 stainless steel and features open design with minimal horizontal surfaces Hard coat anodized aluminum wear strips located in welded cross members for durable belt support Mount controls and accessories fast with no drilling required includes adjustable guiding, photo eyes, low voltage wires, controls, and air tubing Flexible guiding packages for a variety of applications including fully adjustable single and twin rail, and high side Spindle has groove for V-guided belt and optimum performance Integrate jack-screw system in tails for belt take up and easy tracking adjustments Conveyor is suitable for wipe-down and occasional pressurized liquid spray cleaning up to 00 psi max High Side Guides OPTIONAL: V-Guided Belt Tracking OPTIONAL: Tip-Up Tail Z-Frame Configurations Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands and accessories, see pages For ordering information, see page 5

91 Aquagard 760 Z-frame Cleated belt W Position D FLOW W-2.05 (52) W+2.62 (67) OPTIONAL LONG SHAFT FOR SIDE DRIVE Position A Position D 4.47 (4).00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH.25 (6) KEYWAY W L 8.68 (220) Position A.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH.25 (6) KEYWAY L2 0, 45 or 60 L R.8 (R46) W-2.78 (7) CLEAT WIDTH W A 4.00 (02) A= 5.60 (42) for A or J cleats 6.7 (57) for B, K, P or S cleats 6.96 (77) for C, L, Q or T cleats 5.0 (28) for G or M cleats 5.9 (7) for N or R cleats W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to Conveyor Belt Width (W) 6 (52mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to (60mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L, L 2, L ) 24 (60mm) (25mm) increments up to (2,92mm) Drive Shaft Position A B C D Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. W-2.82 (72) W-4.94 (25) CLEAT WIDTH B SIDEWALL CLEATED BELT B= 5.78 (47) for W or Y cleats 6.57 (67) for X or Z cleats For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 9

92 760 Series: Profiles Flat Profiles 2.99 W W W W W +4.0 W Bolt-On High SIde 05 Bolt-On High SIde Fully Adjustable Round W +4.0 W W +4.0 W W +4.0 W Fully Adjustable Round w/ Tool-less Handles 5 Fully Adjustable Twin Rail 6 Fully Adjustable Twin Rail w/ Tool-less Handles W +4.0 W W +4.0 W Fully Adjustable Flat 8 Fully Adjustable Flat w/ Tool-less Handles Cleated Profiles W +.8 W W +.8 W Bolt-On High Side 0 Bolt-On High Side W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) 92 Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user.

93 760 Series: Standard Belting Wet applications are limited to specialty belt types 54, 55, 69 and 70 only! Standard Belt Selection Guide Standard belt material is stocked at Dorner, then cut & spliced at the factory for fast conveyor shipment. Belt Type - Finger Splice Belt Type - Plastic Clipper Belt Type - Metal Clipper** Belt Specifications Thickness Surface Material Carcass Material Maximum Part Temp. Coefficient of Friction FDA Approved Anti-Static Static Conductive Chemical Resistant Special Characteristics or Applications 0 A A FDA Accumulation 0.06 (.6) Urethane Polyester 76 F (80 C) Low x x Good Packaging, clean room & inspection 02 A2 2A General Purpose 0.07 (.8) Urethane Polyester 22 F (00 C) Med x x Good Most versatile belt offering 0 A A FDA High Friction 0.06 (.6) Urethane Polyester 76 F (80 C) High x x Good Packaging, clean room & inspection 05 A5 5A Accumulation (.2) Urethane Polyester 22 F (00 C) V-Low x x Good Accumulation of products 06 A6 6A Electrically Conductive 0.06 (.6) Urethane Polyester 76 F (80 C) Low x x Good Electronics Handling 08 A8 8A High Friction 0.08 (2.) PVC Polyester 58 F (70 C) V-High x Poor Conveys up to 5 inclines* 09 Nose Bar High Friction (.4) Urethane Polyester 22 F (00 C) High x Good Nose Bar Applications Note: See below for splice details. Plastic Clipper splice requires longer lead times. No Metal Clipper Splice on belts over 48 (,29 mm) wide. *Incline varies due to factors like dust, fluids and part material. **Metal Clipper splices are not sanitary. BELT SPLICING Finger Splice All belts are available with a standard Thermoformed finger splice. This splice makes the belt continuous and is virtually undetectable. Splice bonding methods vary by belt type. Consult factory for details. Plastic Clipper*** An optional plastic clipper splice is available for quick removal of belts or when conveyors are installed in tight spaces. Metal Clipper*** An optional metal clipper splice is also available for quick removal of belts or when conveyors are installed in tight spaces. (Not Sanitary) ** See belt charts for compatibility. Not for use with 760 Series belt scraper option. Plastic and Metal Clippers are slightly thicker than base belt. Contact factory for details. 9

94 760 Series: Specialty Belting Wet applications are limited to specialty belt types 54, 55, 69 and 70 only! Solid Urethane belt for added sanitary protection See belt type 70 below High Release Cover belt for handling sticky food such as raw dough See belt type 7 below Specialty Belt Selection Guide Specialty belt material is not stocked at Dorner and needs to be custom ordered for your special conveyor needs. Belt Type - Finger Splice Belt Type - Plastic Clipper Belt Type - Metal Clipper** Belt Specifications Belt Thickness Surface Material Maximum Part Temp. Coefficient of Friction FDA Approved Chemical Resistance Moisture Resistance Special Characteristics or Applications 54 F4 4F FDA Sealed Edge 0.06 (.5) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Low x Good Good 55 F5 5F FDA Sealed Edge 0.06 (.5) Urethane 76 F (80 C) High x Good Good Packaging, clean room & inspection, wet environment Packaging, clean room & inspection, wet environment 56 6F Cut Resistant 0.08 (2.) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Med. Good Poor Oily product release, Metal stamping 57 7F Cut Resistant 0.0 (2.5) Nitrile 76 F (80 C) Med. Poor Poor Felt-like, dry metal stamping, glass & ceramic 59 F9 9F Color Contrasting 0.06 (.5) PVC 58 F (70 C) Med. Poor Poor Black colored, hides overspray from ink jet 60 G0 0G Color Contrasting 0.05 (.2) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Low x Good Poor Green colored, Nose Bar 6 G G Color Contrasting 0.05 (.2) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Low x Good Poor Blue colored, Nose Bar 6 G Electrically Conductive 0.05 (.2) Urethane 40 F (60 C) Low Good Poor Static conductive, electronics handling 64 4G High Friction 0.7 (4.4) PVC 94 F (90 C) V-High Poor Poor 65 5G Chemical Resistant 0.05 (.2) Polypropylene 248 F (20 C) Low x V-Good Poor Dark Green colored, rough top surface, product cushioning, incline / decline apps Very good cut resistance, excellent product release 66 6G Chemical Resistant 0.07 (.7) Polyester 22 F (00 C) Med. x V-Good Poor Good Cut resistance, metal stamping apps 67 7G Low Friction Cleated 0.06 (.6) Polyester 22 F (00 C) n/a x Good Poor Excellent product release, consult factory for part number and how to specify low friction 68 G8 FDA Encased* 0.08 (2.0) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Low x Good V-Good Urethane Enclosed for added sanitary protection 69 G9 FDA Encased* 0.08 (2.0) Urethane 22 F (00 C) High x Good V-Good Urethane Enclosed for added sanitary protection 70 Solid Urethane 0.0 (2.5) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Med. x Good V-Good USDA Approved, wet applications 7 High Release Cover 0.07 (.7) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Low x Good Poor Raw dough or sticky food product 72 Nose Bar Low Friction 0.05 (.2) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Low x Good Poor Nose Bar Applications No Metal Clipper Splice on belts over 48 (,29 mm) wide. * Not available in 2 (5 mm) wide. **Metal Clipper splices are not sanitary. 94

95 760 Series: Standard Cleated Belting.05 typ. (.4).00 (25).57 (40) 2.6 (60).4 () * = Maximum 7 conveyor length for 8 and wider conveyors ** = Maximum 20 (508 mm) cleat spacing for 7 and longer conveyors.5 typ. I** (9) II** III** IV* Note: Minimum cleat spacing is approximately 2 (50 mm). Consult Factory. Standard Cleated Belting Part No. Base Belt Belt Thickness, in (mm) Belt Surface Material Cleat Height, in (mm) Cleat Material Max. Part Temp. FDA Approved Chemical Resistance Moisture Resistance Illustration A High Friction (.4) Urethane.00 (25) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Poor I B High Friction (.4) Urethane.57 (40) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Poor II C High Friction (.4) Urethane 2.6 (60) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Poor III G High Friction (.4) Urethane 0.4 () Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Poor IV J Low Friction 0.06 (.6) Urethane.00 (25) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Yes Good Poor I K Low Friction 0.06 (.6) Urethane.57 (40) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Yes Good Poor II L Low Friction 0.06 (.6) Urethane 2.6 (60) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Yes Good Poor III M Low Friction 0.06 (.6) Urethane 0.4 () Urethane 22 F (00 C) Yes Good Poor IV Cleat Spacing x x-.7 (4) tolerance + _.08 (2) Steps: ) Refer to Formulas below 2) Use formula to determine the approximate number of cleats required based upon the desired cleat spacing. Since a partial cleat cannot be used, round the number of cleats up or down ) Use formula 2 to get the cleat space reference for the conveyor part number Formula Number of Cleats = Example Using a 6 long conveyor and 6 cleat spacing (Conveyor Length in feet x 24) (6 x 24) Number of Cleats = = Desired cleat spacing in inches (x) 6 6 = 24 Cleats (rounded) Formula 2 Cleat Space Reference (x) = Example Using a 6 long conveyor and 24 cleats (Conveyor Length in feet x 24) Cleat Spacing in (6 x 24) = Number of Cleats from Formula inches (x) = 24 cleats 24 = 6.7 or 067 Cleat Reference 95

96 760 Series: Specialty CLeated Belting W = Conveyor Belt Width* 0.22 (5.50) TYP (20.00).57 (40.00) 2.6 (60.00) A = Pocket Width A = W (6) W a 0.4 (0.50) I** II** III** IV * = Maximum 7 conveyor length for 8 and wider conveyors ** = Maximum 20 (508 mm) cleat spacing for 7 and longer conveyors Note: Minimum cleat spacing is approximately 2 (50 mm). Consult Factory. Cleat Height Specialty Cleated Belting Part No. Base Belt Belt Thickness, in (mm) Belt Surface Material Cleat Height, in (mm) Cleat Material Max. Part Temp. FDA Approved Chemical Resistance Moisture Resistance Illustration N Sealed Edge 0.06 (.5) Urethane 0.79 (20) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Good I P Sealed Edge 0.06 (.5) Urethane.57 (40) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Good II Cleated Sidewall Cleated Q Sealed Edge 0.06 (.5) Urethane 2.6 (60) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Good III R Encased 0.08 (2.0) Urethane 0.79 (20) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Yes Good Very Good I S Encased 0.08 (2.0) Urethane.57 (40) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Yes Good Very Good II T Encased 0.08 (2.0) Urethane 2.6 (60) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Yes Good Very Good III U Standard 0.06 (.5) Urethane.8 (0) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Poor IV V Standard 0.06 (.5) Urethane.97 (50) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Poor IV W Sealed Edge 0.06 (.5) Urethane.8 (0) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Good IV X Sealed Edge 0.06 (.5) Urethane.97 (50) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Good IV Y Encased 0.06 (.5) Urethane.8 (0) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Very Good IV Z Encased 0.06 (.5) Urethane.97 (50) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Very Good IV Cleat Spacing x x -.22 (5.5) tolerance + _.08 (2) W Steps: W-2.82 (72) W-4.57 (6) (Pocket Width) ) Refer to 7600 Series Formulas on the previous page. 2) Use formula to determine the approximate number of cleats required based upon the desired cleat spacing. Since a partial cleat cannot be used, round the number of cleats up or down ) Use formula 2 to get the cleat space reference for the conveyor part number 96 C = 6.74 (7) for Type I cleats 7.5 (9) for Type II cleats 8. (2) for Type III cleats

97 760 Series: Gearmotor Mounting Packages Gearmotor Mounting Package & Gearmotor Selection Steps Step : Select a Gearmotor Mounting Package (page 97-98). Step 2: Step : Locate the appropriate gearmotor chart (pages 99-00) in terms of Painted vs. Stainless Steel and Fixed Speed vs. Variable Speed. Use the Belt Speed Column to locate the Part Number for your desired Gearmotor. Drive Shaft Position A B C D Bottom Mount Package, Parallel Shaft Gearmotor.09 () 0.46 (2) 9.22 (24) 6.77 (426) Includes stainless steel gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, plated pulleys, guard and mounting hardware Conveyor belt speed can be adjusted with optional ratio pulley kits W = Conveyor Belt Width Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. For ordering information, see page 6 97

98 760 Series: Gearmotor Mounting Packages Bottom Mount Package, 90 Gearmotor.8 (97) 4.78 (75).59 (45) 2.87 (7).2 (285) Includes stainless steel gearmotor mounting bracket, timing belt, plated pulleys, guard and mounting hardware Conveyor belt speed can be adjusted with optional ratio pulley kits W = Conveyor Belt Width Side Mount Package, 90 Gearmotor 7.84 (99) 0.7 (8) 7.20 (8) 8.55 (27) 6.78 (426) Includes stainless steel gearmotor bracket and mounting hardware W = Conveyor Belt Width 90 Gearmotor Location Options Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. Dimensions = in (mm) 98 For ordering information, see page 6

99 760 Series: Belt Speed Charts Parallel Shaft Gearmotor Fixed Speed Belt Speed Mount Package RPM From Ft/min M/min Gearmotor Bottom Side Drive Pulley Pulley Kit Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 6 0 Gearmotor RPM at 50 Hz x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x Variable Speed Belt Speed Mount Package RPM From Ft/min M/min Gearmotor Bottom Side Drive Pulley Pulley Kit Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x RPM from 50 Hz. gearmotors. VFD drive at 6 max. Hz. output x x x x x x x x x x x x x

100 760 Series: Belt Speed Charts Washdown 90 Gearmotor Fixed Speed Belt Speed Mount Package RPM From Ft/min m/min Gearmotor Bottom Side Drive Pulley Pulley Kit Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart x x 0 0, x 6 0, x x 0 0, x 6 0, x x 0 0, x 6 0, x x 0 0, x 6 0, x x 0 0, x 6 0, x x 0 0, x 6 0, x x 0 0, x 6 0, x x 0 0, x 6 0, 4 Gearmotor RPM at 50 Hz x x x x x x 5 Variable Speed Belt Speed Mount Package RPM From Ft/min m/min Gearmotor Bottom Side Drive Pulley Pulley Kit Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart x x 0 0 8, x 6 0 8, x x 0 0 8, x 6 0 8, x x 0 0 8, x 6 0 8, x x 0 0 8, x 6 0 8, x x 0 0 8, x 6 0 8, x x 0 0 8, x 6 0 8, x x 0 0 8, x 6 0 8, x x 0 0 8, x 6 0 8, 9 RPM from 50 Hz. gearmotors. VFD drive at 80 max. Hz. output x x x x x x 0 Industrial 90 Gearmotor Fixed Speed Belt Speed Mount Package RPM From Ft/min m/min Gearmotor Bottom Side Drive Pulley Pulley Kit Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart x 0 0 * x 6 0 * x 0 0 * x 6 0 * x 0 0 * x 6 0 * x 0 0 * x 6 0 * Variable Speed Belt Speed Mount Package RPM From Ft/min m/min Gearmotor Bottom Side Drive Pulley Pulley Kit Driven Pulley Gearmotor Chart x 0 0 * x 6 0 * x 0 0 * x 6 0 * x 0 0 * x 6 0 * x 0 0 * x 6 0 * * Note: For Industrial Gearmotors see Industrial Full Specifications Catalog, 200 Gearmotors section on page 99, Charts 6, 9 and 0. 00

101 760 Series: Gearmotors Standard Load, Fixed Speed Chart Parallel Shaft, Painted Gearmotor IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant FDA Approved Food Grade Paint Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 20/460 Volts, Phase, 60 Hz Order Motor Starter Separately, see page (60) 4.2 (6) 4.49 (4) 5.79 (47).57 (40).94 (00) 4.49 (4) 6.50 (65) 8.84 (224) Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 7M08PS42FN 7M054PS42FN 7M04PS42FN 7M020PS42FN 7M0PS42FN 7M00PS42FN 7M008PS42FN 7M006PS42FN / / / / / / / / / / / /.5.66 /.8.66 /.8.66 /.8.66 / Chart 2 Parallel Shaft Gearmotor IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant Un-Painted Aluminum Gearmotor Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 20/400 Volts, Phase, 50 Hz Order Motor Starter Separately, see page (60) 4.2 (6) 4.49 (4) 5.79 (47).57 (40).94 (00) 4.49 (4) 6.50 (65) 8.84 (224) Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 7U08PS42FN 7U09PS42FN 7U029PS42FN 7U09PS42FN 7U06PS42FN 7U0PS42FN 7U009PS42FN 7U007PS42FN / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / Note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with the CE Safety Directive. FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm) 0

102 760 Series: Gearmotors Standard Load, Fixed Speed Chart Painted Gearmotor Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant FDA Approved Stainless Painted Gear Box FDA Approved White Epoxy Painted Motor UL and CSA Approved Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Order optional Manual Motor Starter separately, see page 06.0 &.5 HP / 460 Volts, Phase 7.[8].8[97] 9.05[20] 5.74[46] 4.00[02] 2.29[58] 2.8[72].75[44] E Single Phase Only 7.52[9] 6.7[70] E=7.48[444] for.5 HP MOTORS, PHASE 6.50[49] for.5 HP MOTORS, PHASE 7.5[445] for HP MOTORS 8.8[467] for.5 HP MOTORS Part Number 74M080HS4(vp)FN 74M060HS4(vp)FN 74M040HS4(vp)FN 74M00HS4(vp)FN 74M020HS4(vp)FN 74M05HS4(vp)FN 74M00HS4(vp)FN 74M007HS4(vp)FN RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Phase Hp kw FLA Hp kw FLA n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 6.8 / / /.7-.4 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a / / / / / / / / 2. (vp) = voltage and Phase = 5 / , Phase 2 = 0.5 HP: 20 / 460 Volts, Phase;.0 &.5 HP: / 460 Volts, Phase in.-lbs Nm Chart 4 Stainless Steel Gearmotor Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant Stainless Steel Gear Box Stainless Steel Motor UL and CSA Approved /2 HP is Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated and /2 HP are Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled / 460 V, Phase Order optional Manual Motor Starter separately, see page Hp 20 / 460 V, Phase.0 &.5 HP / 460 V, Phase A.8[97] B 5.62[4] 2.29[58] A=7.7[82] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.9[88] for &.5 HP MOTORS B=8.97[228] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.6[2] for &.5 HP MOTORS 2.8[72] 7.52[9].75[95] D.75[44] C C=6.54[420] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.2[488] for &.5 HP MOTORS D=6.7[70] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.6[82] for &.5 HP MOTORS Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 74M080HZS42FN 74M060HZS42FN 74M040HZS42FN 74M00HZS42FN 74M020HZS42FN 74M05HZS42FN 74M00HZS42FN 74M007HZS42FN / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm) 02

103 760 Series: Gearmotors Standard Load, Fixed Speed Chart 5 90 Gearmotor IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant Un-Painted Aluminum Gearmotor Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 20/400 Volts, Phase, 50 Hz Order Motor Starter Separately, see page (2) 5.28 (88) 4.2 (07) 8.05 (204) LEFT HAND SHAFT COVER RIGHT HAND SHAFT COVER 7.20 (8) Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 7U060HS42FN 7U00HS42FN 7U025HS42FN 7U05HS42FN 7U00HS42FN 7U007HS42FN 7U005HS42FN / / / / / / / /..65 / / / / / / Note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with the CE Safety Directive. Standard Load, Variable Speed Chart 6 Parallel Shaft, Painted Gearmotor Variable Frequency Drive, 2 to 60 Hz IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant FDA Approved Food Grade Paint Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 20/460 Volts, Phase, 60 Hz nominal Order Controller Separately, see page (60) 4.2 (6) 4.49 (4) 5.79 (47).57 (40).94 (00) 4.49 (4) 6.50 (65) 8.84 (224) Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 74M08PS42EN 74M054PS42EN 74M04PS42EN 74M020PS42EN 74M0PS42EN 74M00PS42EN 74M008PS42EN 74M006PS42EN 4.2 to to 0 to to to 22 4 to 70 8 to to / / / / / / / / / / / /.5.66 /.8.66 /.8.66 /.8.66 / FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm) 0

104 760 Series: Gearmotors Standard Load, Variable Speed Chart 7 Parallel Shaft Gearmotor Variable Frequency Drive IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant Unpainted Aluminum Gearmotor Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 20/400 Volts Phase, 50 Hz nominal Order Controller Separately, see page (60) 4.2 (6) 4.49 (4) 5.79 (47).57 (40).94 (00) 4.49 (4) 6.50 (65) 8.84 (224) Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 7U08PS42EN 7U09PS42EN 7U029PS42EN 7U09PS42EN 7U06PS42EN 7U0PS42EN 7U009PS42EN 4. to to 58.5 to to 8 2. to to to / / / / / / / / / / / / / / Note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with the CE Safety Directive. Chart 8 90 Painted Gearmotor Variable Frequency Drive, 6 to 60 Hz Phase Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant FDA Approved Stainless Painted Gearbox FDA Approved White Epoxy Painted Motor UL and CSA Approved Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Order Controller Separately, see page 06 7.[8].8[97] 9.05[20] 5.74[46] 4.00[02] 2.29[58] 2.8[72].75[44] 7.52[9] E E=6.50[49] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.5[445] for HP MOTORS 8.8[467] for.5 HP MOTORS 6.7[70] Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 74M080HS42EN 74M060HS42EN 74M040HS42EN 74M00HS42EN 74M020HS42EN 74M05HS42EN 74M00HS42EN 74M007HS42EN / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm) 04

105 760 Series: Gearmotors Standard Load, Variable Speed Chart 9 90 Stainless Steel Gearmotor Variable Frequency Drive, 6 to 60 Hz Phase Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant Stainless Steel Gear Box and Motor UL and CSA Approved /2 HP is Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated and /2 HP are Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled Order Controller Separately, see page 06 A.8[97] B 5.62[4] 2.29[58] A=7.7[82] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.9[88] for &.5 HP MOTORS B=8.97[228] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.6[2] for &.5 HP MOTORS 2.8[72] 7.52[9].75[95] D.75[44] C C=6.54[420] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.2[488] for &.5 HP MOTORS D=6.7[70] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.6[82] for &.5 HP MOTORS Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 74M080HZS42EN 74M060HZS42EN 74M040HZS42EN 74M00HZS42EN 74M020HZS42EN 74M05HZS42EN 74M00HZS42EN 74M007HZS42EN / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / / Chart 0 90 Gearmotor Variable Frequency Drive, 2 to 80 Hz IEC Framed Motor IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant Un-Painted Aluminum Gearmotor Total Enclosed Fan Cooled 20/400 Volts, Phase, 50 Hz nominal Order Controller Separately, see page (2) 5.28 (88) 4.2 (07) 8.05 (204) LEFT HAND SHAFT COVER RIGHT HAND SHAFT COVER 7.20 (8) Part Number RPM Gearmotor Type Phase Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 7U060HS42EN 7U00HS42EN 7U025HS42EN 7U05HS42EN 7U00HS42EN 7U007HS42EN 5.5 to 7 to 74.2 to to 49.6 to to / / / / / / /..65 / / / / / Note: When buying a gearmotor only without the starter, the customer must supply their own on/off switch and motor overload protection to comply with the CE Safety Directive. FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm) 05

106 760 Series: Variable Speed Controllers Variable Speed Controller Chart A Variable Speed Controllers Variable Frequency Drive Nema 4X Plastic Enclosure Stainless steel mounting hardware Digital Display Keypad with Start/Stop and Speed variation Includes cord to motor Power to controller by others UL Approved 0. (260) 6. (60) 8.0 (20) 4.5 (4) 8.8 (222) Part Number 74MV22S 74MV222S 74MV2S 74MV22S 74MV44S 74MV227S 74MV227S 74MV447S Input Output Volts Phase Hz Volts Phase Max Hp Max Amps A (width) B (depth) (200) 6. (55) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200) 6. (55) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200).8 (96) 4.4 (2) 4.9 (24) 4.9 (24) 4.4 (2) 4.9 (24) 4.9 (24) 4.9 (24) Manual Motor Starter Chart B Manual Motor Starter Nema 4X Plastic Enclosure Stainless Steel mounting hardware IP 66 Start / Stop Switch Lock out tag out capable Includes wiring to Motor Power to Starter by others No plug/cord set included.00[25] 8.78[22] 5.0[28] 8.09[205] 7.00[78] 8.6[29] 7.44[89] 6.26[59] Part Number 74MMF 74MM2D 74MM2A 74MM2B 74MM2C 74MM2D 74MM2E 74MM4A 74MM4B 74MM4C 74MM4D FLA = Full Load Amperes Input Volts Phase Hz FLA

107 760 Series: Support Stands Fixed Foot Support Stands For 4 to 6 Widths: - All components are stainless steel with a 2B finish - Vertical leg is formed sheet metal For 8 to 52 widths: - All components are stainless steel with #4 finish - Vertical leg is a closed 2 square tube Has +/- 2 of adjustment Fixed Foot self aligns 0 for sloped floors Horizontal Mount Version for Direct Level Conveyor Mounting Incline Mount Version for angled conveyor applications Illustration I Illustration II Fixed Foot Model Conveyor Width 4 (02) 6 (52) See Illustration I 8 2 (5) increments up to... 6 (20) (94) See Illustration II 8 2 (5) increments up to (965) (,2) WW Part # Reference increments up to increments up to Stand Width* 7 (78) 9 (229) 2 (5) increments up to... 9 (279) (99) (5) increments up to (,00) (,59) HM Horizontal Mount AM Adjustable Angle Mount HR Horizontal Mount w/outriggers AR Adj. Angle Mount w/outriggers Width at Feet* 2 (05) Minimum Top of Belt Height 6 (406) Maximum Top of Belt Height 20 (508) 4 (56) 7 (42) 2 (5) 6 02 increments up to (406) (,8) 8 (25) increments up to (457) (,829) 22 (25) increments up to (559) (,90) increments up to (,29) (,575) 9 (25) increments up to (48) (,778) 2 (25) increments up to (584) (,880) HHHH Height Reference increments up to increments up to Stand Width* 7 (78) Width at Feet* 2 (05) Minimum Top of Belt Height 20 (508) Maximum Top of Belt Height 24 (60) 9 (229) 4 (56) 2 (5) 25 (65) 2 (5) increments up to... 9 (279) (99) 6 02 increments up to (406) (,8) 22 (25) increments up to (559) (,829) 26 (25) increments up to (660) (,90) (5) increments up to (,054) (,40) increments up to... 6 (,245) (,600) 9 (25) increments up to (48) (,778) 2 (25) increments up to (584) (,880) HHHH Height Reference increments up to increments up to Stand Width* 7 (78) Width at Feet* 22 (559) Minimum Top of Belt Height 6 (406) Maximum Top of Belt Height 20 (508) 9 (229) 24 (60) 7 (42) 2 (5) 2 (5) increments up to... 9 (279) (99) increments up to (660) (,72) 8 (25) increments up to (457) (,829) 22 (25) increments up to (559) (,90) (5) increments up to (,207) (,562) 6 02 increments up to (.549) (,905) 9 (25) increments up to (48) (,778) 2 (25) increments up to (584) (,880) HHHH Height Reference increments up to increments up to Stand Width* 7 (78) Width at Feet* 22 (559) Minimum Top of Belt Height 20 (508) Maximum Top of Belt Height 24 (60) 9 (229) 24 (60) 2 (5) 25 (65) 2 (5) increments up to... 9 (279) (99) increments up to (660) (,72) 22 (25) increments up to (559) (,829) 26 (25) increments up to (660) (,90) (5) increments up to (,257) (,6) 6 02 increments up to (,549) (,905) 9 (25) increments up to (48) (,778) 2 (25) increments up to (584) (,880) HHHH Height Reference increments up to increments up to *Note: Width dimension is nominal dimension for space claim purposes only. For detail dimension, contact factory. Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 07

108 760 Series: Support Stands Swivel Locking Caster Support Stands For 4 to 6 Widths: - All components are stainless steel with a 2B finish - Vertical leg is formed sheet metal For 8 to 52 widths: - All components are stainless steel with #4 finish - Vertical leg is a closed 2 square tube Has +/- 2 of adjustment Caster is swivel locking Horizontal Mount Version for Direct Level Conveyor Mounting Incline Mount Version for angled conveyor applications Illustration I Illustration II Swivel Locking Caster Model Conveyor Width 4 (02) 6 (52) See Illustration I 8 2 (5) increments up to... 6 (20) (94) See Illustration II 8 2 (5) increments up to (965) (,2) WW Part # Reference increments up to increments up to Stand Width* 7 (78) 9 (229) 2 (5) increments up to... 9 (279) (99) (5) increments up to (,00) (,59) HM Horizontal Mount AM Adjustable Angle Mount HR Horizontal Mount w/outriggers AR Adj. Angle Mount w/outriggers Width at Feet* 2 (05) Minimum Top of Belt Height 2 (5) Maximum Top of Belt Height 25 (65) 8 (457) 22 (559) 26 (660) increments up to (508) (,29) 2 (25) increments up to (584) (,829) 27 (25) increments up to (686) (,90) increments up to (,29) (,575) 24 (25) increments up to (60) (,778) 28 (25) increments up to (7) (,880) HHHH Height Reference increments up to increments up to Stand Width* 7 (78) Width at Feet* 2 (05) Minimum Top of Belt Height 25 (65) Maximum Top of Belt Height 29 (77) 9 (229) 4 (56) 26 (660) 0 (762) 2 (5) increments up to... 9 (279) (99) 6 02 increments up to (406) (,29) 27 (25) increments up to (686) (,829) (25) increments up to (787) (,90) (5) increments up to (,054) (,40) increments up to... 6 (,245) (,600) 24 (25) increments up to (60) (,778) 28 (25) increments up to (7) (,880) HHHH Height Reference increments up to increments up to Stand Width* 7 (78) Width at Feet* 26 (660) Minimum Top of Belt Height 2 (5) Maximum Top of Belt Height 25 (65) 9 (229) 27 (686) 22 (559) 26 (660) 2 (5) increments up to... 9 (279) (99) increments up to (7) (,47) 2 (25) increments up to (584) (,829) 27 (25) increments up to (686) (,90) (5) increments up to (,207) (,562) 6 02 increments up to (.549) (,905) 24 (25) increments up to (60) (,778) 28 (25) increments up to (7) (,880) HHHH Height Reference increments up to increments up to Stand Width* 7 (78) Width at Feet* 26 (660) Minimum Top of Belt Height 25 (65) Maximum Top of Belt Height 29 (77) 9 (229) 27 (686) 26 (660) 0 (762) 2 (5) increments up to... 9 (279) (99) increments up to (7) (,47) 27 (25) increments up to (686) (,829) (25) increments up to (787) (,90) (5) increments up to (,257) (,6) 6 02 increments up to (,549) (,905) 24 (25) increments up to (60) (,778) 28 (25) increments up to (7) (,880) HHHH Height Reference increments up to increments up to *Note: Width dimension is nominal dimension for space claim purposes only. For detail dimension, contact factory. Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 08

109 760 Series: Support Stands Tall Support Stands Fixed Foot Model Conveyor Width 4 (02) 6 (52) 8 in 2 (5mm) increments up to (20) (,524) WW Part # Reference in 02 increments up to Stand Width at Foot * Top of Belt (Minimum) 7 (,80) Top of Belt (Maximum) 75 (,905) 72 (,829) 76 (,90) (0.26)(HH max) + (WW + 6) inches 7 in (25mm) increments up to (,854) (2,4) 77 in (25mm) increments up to (,956) (2,55) HHHH Part Number in 0 increments up to All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Has +/- 2 of adjustment Fixed Foot self aligns 0 for sloped floors Horizontal Mount Version for Direct Level Conveyor Mounting Incline Mount Version for angled conveyor applications Includes Diagonal Brace for stability Tall Support Stands require the use of floor anchors HM AM * Width dimension is nominal dimension for space claim purposes only. For detail dimension, contact factory. Horizontal Mount Tall Stand Horizontal Mount Adjustable Mount Low Height Support stands Fixed Foot Model Top of Belt (Minimum) 7 (78) Top of Belt (Maximum) (279) 9 (229) (0) HHHH Part # Reference Stand Width at Foot * WW (267mm) All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Has +/- 2 of adjustment Fixed Foot self aligns 0 for sloped floors Caster is swivel locking Horizontal conveyor mounts only * Width dimension is nominal dimension for space claim purposes only. For detail dimension, contact factory. Swivel Locking Caster Model Swivel Locking Caster Model Conveyor Width 4 (02) 6 (52) 8 in 2 (5mm) increments up to (20) (,524) WW Part # Reference in 02 increments up to Stand Width at Caster * 22 (559) Top of Belt (Minimum) 2 (05) Top of Belt (Maximum) 6 (406) 24 (60) 26 in 2 (5mm) increments up to (660) (,98) HHHH Part Number Sanitary Floor Anchor Kits 4 (56) 8 (457) 6 (406) 20 (508) Type Sanitary Floor Anchor Kit /8 (0 mm) x.57 (40 mm) drop in Stainless Steel Anchor is flush with floor upon removal of bolt Two (2) per anchor kit Part No. FAS- Type 2 Sanitary Floor Anchor Kit /8 (0 mm) x 2 /4 (70 mm) Stainless Steel Threaded anchor bolt protrudes above floor after installation Two (2) per anchor kit Part No. FAS-2 Note: Dimensions = in (mm) For ordering information, see page 6 09

110 760 Series: Accessories Roller Transfer Plate W+.85 (47) 4 wide to 52 wide Includes 0.4 diameter rollers mounted in transfer plate Adjustable mounting to fine tune small parts transfer All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel END OF BELT.56 (4) -.8 (0).8 (8) - 4. (09) 7.7 (96) 4.69 (9) - 5. (5) Overhead Guide For part hold down or cover closing Adjustable height and position across width Round nose UHMW guide with stainless steel backing Lengths: to 0 in increments Horizontal Brackets provided for every 2 of length Available in standard adjustable and tool-less adjustable mount styles All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel Does not include vertical mounting post. To be used with profiles thru 8 or upper guide assembly. Upper Guide Used for guiding lids and/or tall parts Round nose UHMW guide with stainless steel backing Equipped with or without tall adjustable height bracket Length: to 0 in increments (2) width adjusting options (standard 5 post, 0 post) Brackets provided for every 2 of length Available in standard adjustable and tool-less adjustable mount styles All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel Accessory Mounting bar Note: Dimensions = in (mm) Used for mounting adjustable devices such as photoeyes and sensors Can be mounted directly to frame or in combination with guide brackets 2 Versions: bar used to mount to 24 hole pattern in frames L shape used to mount at tail ends Compatible with Value Guide blocks (VG-02-02) All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel 0 For ordering information, see page 7

111 760 Series: Accessories Photo Eye and Reflector Mounting Brackets Mounts standard 8 mm diameter photoeyes or sensors Adjustable height and angle () Photo Eye types: Thru beam includes (2) mounts Reflector includes () Photo eye mount and () reflector mount (reflector included) Convergent includes () photoeye mount () Mount versions: To fixed post (does not include mounting post) To fixed post (includes mounting post) To accessory mounting bar (includes Value Guide Block and adjustable post) All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel Electrical / Air Routing clip Light weight mounting clip for wire clips, conduit clicks, wire tie mounts, etc. Mounts directly to M8 guide bolts and/or lower frame lip May be mounted to inside of frame or outside of frame Offset to clear mounting screws Package of 0 pieces All brackets and fasteners are stainless steel Part Number 75RC-0 Description Electrical / Air Routing Clip (package of 0 pieces) m8 Accessory Mounting bolt Stainless steel mounting hardware M8-.25 Male mounting stud Used with Dorner key-slot system Eliminates the need to access the inside of the frame Package of 0 pieces Part Number Description 75M8-0 M8 Accessory Mounting Bolt (package of 0 pieces) Note: Dimensions = in (mm) For ordering information, see page 7

112 760 Series: Part Number Reference 760 SERIES: FLAT BELT CONVEYOR 76 M WW LLL D I A B C A PP PP BB Belt Material Profile (D Side): 0 = Lowside 6 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 02 = Integral High Side 7 = Fully Adjustable Flat 04 = High Side 8 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Flat 05 = High Side 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side = Fully Adjustable Round 5 = Low Side -.4 Diameter Holes D Side 4 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 52 = High Side -.4 Diameter Holes D Side 5 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round Profile (A Side): 0 = Lowside 6 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 02 = Integral High Side 7 = Fully Adjustable Flat 04 = High Side 8 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Flat 05 = High Side 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side = Fully Adjustable Round 5 = Low Side -.4 Diameter Holes A Side 4 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 52 = High Side -.4 Diameter Holes A Side 5 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round Scraper / Position / V-guide: A = V-guide, no scraper B = No V-guide, no scraper C = V-guide, scraper in primary position (no bottom drive) D = V-guide, scraper in secondary position E = No V-guide, scraper in primary position (no bottom drive) F = No V-guide, scraper in secondary position Idler End Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from idler end with braces B = 2 from idler end H = 8 from idler end with braces C = 8 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 0 from idler end with braces E = 0 from idler end M = 6 from idler end with braces F = 6 from idler end Drive End Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from drive end with braces B = 2 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 0 from drive end with braces E = 0 from drive end M = 6 from drive end with braces F = 6 from drive end Motor Shaft Position: A, B, C or D Idler End: = Standard = Std. tail w/ Output Shaft (A position) 2 = Nose Bar 4 = Std. tail w/ Output Shaft (D position) Drive / Pulley Type: = Standard Bottom Drive 2 = Standard Side Drive = Bottom Drive w/ Output Shaft 4 = Side Drive Tail w/ Output Shaft 5 = Center Drive 6 = Center Drive w/ Nose Bar Length: Belt Width: Language: M = English Drive Shaft Position A B C D Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. Conveyor sections longer than (,5 mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. 2 These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to

113 760 Series: Part Number Reference 760 SERIES: CLEATED BELT CONVEYOR 76 M WW LLL D I A A B A PP BB S SSS Belt Material Profile (D Side): 0 = Lowside 6 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 02 = Integral High Side 7 = Fully Adjustable Flat 04 = High Side 8 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Flat 05 = High Side 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side = Fully Adjustable Round 5 = Low Side -.4 Diameter Holes D Side 4 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 52 = High Side -.4 Diameter Holes D Side 5 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round Profile (A Side): 0 = Lowside 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 02 = High Side 5 = Low Side -.4 Diameter Holes A Side 0 = High Side V-guide: A = V-guide B = No V-guide Idler End Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from idler end with braces B = 2 from idler end H = 8 from idler end with braces C = 8 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 0 from idler end with braces E = 0 from idler end M = 6 from idler end with braces F = 6 from idler end Drive End Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from drive end with braces B = 2 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 0 from drive end with braces E = 0 from drive end M = 6 from drive end with braces F = 6 from drive end Motor Shaft Position: A or D Idler End: = Standard = Std. tail w/ Output Shaft (A position) 4 = Std. tail w/ Output Shaft (D position) Drive / Pulley Type: = Standard Bottom Drive Drive Shaft Position 2 = Standard Side Drive = Bottom Drive w/ Output Shaft 4 = Side Drive Tail w/ Output Shaft 5 = Center Drive 6 = Center Drive w/ Nose Bar Length: Belt Width: Language: M = English A D Conveyor sections longer than (,5 mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to

114 760 Series: Part Number Reference 760 SERIES: Z-FRAME FLAT BELT CONVEYORS 76 C M L E WW A LLL LLL LLL C A A S A PP A BT Belt Type: 0 thru 72 = Standard Belt Types Cleat Type: Blank = Flat Belt Profile: 0 = Lowside 6 = Tool-less Twin Rail Adjustable Round 04 = High Side 7 = Fully Adjustable Flat 05 = High Side 8 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Flat = Fully Adjustable Round 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 4 = Tool-less Fully Adjustable Round 5 = Low Side -.4 Diameter Holes A Side 5 = Twin Rail Adjustable Round 52 = High Side -.4 Diameter Holes A Side Idler Type: = Standard 2 = Nose Bar = Standard Tail w/ Output Shaft (A position) 4 = Standard Tail w/ Output Shaft (A position) Scraper / Position / V-guide: A = V-guide, no scraper C = V-guide, scraper in primary position (no bottom drive) D = V-guide, scraper in secondary position Motor Shaft Position: A, B, C or D Drive Tail: = Standard Bottom Drive 2 = Standard Side Drive = Bottom Drive w/ Output Shaft 4 = Side Drive w/ Output Shaft 5 = Center Drive 6 = Center Drive w/ Nose Bar Idler / Infeed Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from idler end with braces B = 2 from idler end H = 8 from idler end with braces C = 8 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 0 from idler end with braces E = 0 from idler end M = 6 from idler end with braces F = 6 from idler end Drive / Discharge Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from drive end with braces B = 2 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 0 from drive end with braces E = 0 from drive end M = 6 from drive end with braces F = 6 from drive end Length : (000 for L & P frame) Length 2: Length : Angle: 05 degrees thru 60 degrees in 05 degree increments Belt Width: Direction: E = Inclining, F = Declining Frame Type: L = Incline, P = Noseover, Z = Z-Frame Language: M = English Belt Style: F = Flat Belt Conveyor sections longer than (5mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. *Stand location may be dependent upon conveyor length 4 These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to

115 760 Series: Part Number Reference 760 SERIES: Z-FRAME CLEATED BELT CONVEYORS 76 C M L E WW A LLL LLL LLL C A A S A PP A CS Cleat Spacing: 000 thru 9999 = Standard Cleat Spacing Cleat Type: A thru Z = Standard Cleat Types Profile: 0 = Lowside 50 = Low Side - Key Slot Holes D Side 02 = Integral High Side 5 = Low Side -.4 Diameter Holes A Side 0 = High Side Idler Type: = Standard 2 = Nose Bar = Standard Tail w/ Output Shaft (A position) 4 = Standard Tail w/ Output Shaft (A position) Scraper / Position / V-guide: A = V-guide, no scraper C = V-guide, scraper in primary position (no bottom drive) D = V-guide, scraper in secondary position Motor Shaft Position: A, B, C or D Drive Tail: = Standard Bottom Drive 2 = Standard Side Drive = Standard Tail w/ Output Shaft (A position) 4 = Standard Tail w/ Output Shaft (D position) Idler / Infeed Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from idler end with braces B = 2 from idler end H = 8 from idler end with braces C = 8 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 0 from idler end with braces E = 0 from idler end M = 6 from idler end with braces F = 6 from idler end Drive / Discharge Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from drive end with braces B = 2 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 0 from drive end with braces E = 0 from drive end M = 6 from drive end with braces F = 6 from drive end Length : (000 for L & P frame) Length 2: Length : Angle: 05 degrees thru 60 degrees in 05 degree increments Belt Width: Direction: E = Inclining, F = Declining Frame Type: L = Incline, P = Noseover, Z = Z-Frame Language: M = English Belt Style: C = Cleated Belt Conveyor sections longer than (5mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. *Stand location may be dependent upon conveyor length These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to 5

116 760 Series: Part Number Reference 760 SERIES: GEARMOTOR MOUNT PACKAGES 75 M S P S A GS CS Conveyor Sprocket: 0 = 0 Tooth, Blank = Side Drive Gearmotor Sprocket: 0 = 0 Tooth, Blank = Side Drive Drive Position: A or D Gearmotor Size: S = Standard Load, H = Heavy Load, L = Light Load Gearmotor Type: = Washdown 90 Degree, 2 = Washdown Parallel Shaft, = Industrial 90 Degree Drive Type: S = Side, B = Bottom, N = Nose Bar Language: M = English 760 SERIES: SUPPORT STANDS 76 S HM WW 2 6 F Foot: F = Fixed Foot, C = Caster w/ Diagonal Brace, B = Fixed Foot w/ Diagonal Brace Maximum Top of Belt Height Minimum Top of Belt Height Width: 04-6 Stand Type: HM = Horizontal Mount HR = Horizontal Mount w/ Outriggers AM = Angle Mount AR = Angle Mount w/ Outriggers Conveyor Type: S = Straight 760 SERIES: TALL SUPPORT STANDS X MTH WW HH HH B Maximum Top of Belt Height Minimum Top of Belt Height Conveyor Width: Stand Type: TH = Tall Horizontal Mount TA = Tall Angle Mount Conveyor Type: 9 = 760 Straight 760 SERIES: LOW HEIGHT SUPPORT STANDS X MLH WW HH HH F Foot: F = Fixed Foot, C = Swivel Locking Caster Maximum Top of Belt Height Minimum Top of Belt Height Conveyor Width/Stand Type: 00 = Fixed Foot Model 04 thru 60 = 4 to 60, Caster Model Conveyor Type: 9 = 760 Straight 6 These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to

117 760 Series: Part Number Reference 760 SERIES: ROLLER TRANSFER PLATE 76ST - WW Conveyor Width: SERIES: OVERHEAD GUIDE 75HG A - LL Guide Length: 0-0 Guide Type: A = Adjustable, T = Tool-less 760 SERIES: UPPER GUIDE 75UG A W P - LL Guide Length: 0-0 Post: V = Vertical post, N = No vertical post Guide Width: = 5, 2 = 0 Guide Type: A = Adjustable, T = Tool-less 760 SERIES: ACCESSORY MOUNTING BAR 75AM - LL Tail Version: 0 = tail, 0 = tail 760 SERIES: PHOTO EYE AND REFLECTOR MOUNTING BRACKETS 75 PM - FP Post Type: NP = Fixed Post w/o post included FP = Fixed Post w/ post included AM = Accessory Mount Mount Type: PM = Photoeye Mount RM = Reflective Mount CM = Convergent Mount These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to 7

118 AquaPruf Series 7400 Sanitary Conveyors Stainless steel General Specifications: Straight Flat and Cleated Modular Belt Models Curved Flat Modular Belt Models Z-Frame Flat and Cleated Modular Belt Models (0 to 60 +) Loads up to 20 lbs per square foot of belt (90 kg/m 2 ) Lengths up to 999 (25,75 mm) Widths up to 60 (,524 mm) Continuous TIG welded 04 stainless steel frame 8

119 Aquapruf 7400 Welded Stainless Steel Construction Solid UHMW Wear Strips 400 Series Stainless Steel Bearings 7400 Series Feature Overview Sanitation & Cleaning Options 22 Modular flat Belt 24 Modular Cleated Belt 26 Curved Modular Flat Belt 28 Z-Frame Modular Flat Belt 0 Z-Frame Modular Cleated Belt 2 Sanitary Roller Conveyors 4 Profiles 6 Belting 8 Gearmotor Mounting Packages 42 Gearmotors 44 Support Stands 46 Part Number Reference 49 9

120 7400 Series modular belt: Overview Designed to transport Food & Pharmaceutical product with confidence while keeping operators safe. Flange Belt Tracking System Eliminates sprocket fasteners and keeps pulleys safe & sanitary. Patented Sprocket Alignment Key Provides continuous sprocket alignment for quick belt assembly. Belt Lifters For easy cleaning on wide or long conveyors. Tip-Up Tail For quick release of belt tension. 20

121 7400 Series Modular Belt: Overview Round Cross Members Eliminate horizontal surfaces for complete drainage. Solid UHMW Wear Strips Quickly removed without tools for cleaning. Most pieces are identical & completely interchangeable. Stainless Steel Gearmotors located outside food zone. Stainless Steel Welded Frame Construction USDA Accepted Open Hinge Modular Belt Eliminates fasteners in food zone. (Continuous TIG welding) Improves cleaning and access to pins. 2

122 7400 Series: Sanitation & Cleaning Options Fast & Effective Sanitation Options for Daily Cleaning Tool-less Tip-Up Pulley for quick release of belt tension Tool-less Belt Lifters for easy access to the inside of the conveyor Frame Cutouts for continuous access to the inside of the conveyor NO TOOLS REQUIRED! Total time for cleaning preparation: 0 Seconds 22 Note: Proper conveyor application, cleaning and sanitation is the responsibility of the end user.

123 7400 Series: Sanitation & Cleaning Options Fast & Effective Sanitation Options for Complete Dis-Assembly & Cleaning Conveyor Cleaning Preparation * Person Minutes Per Section No Problem! Fully Assembled to Completely Dis-Assembled in Minutes *Belt removal requires a hammer and tap 2

124 7400 Series: Modular Flat Belt Specifications: Load: 20 lbs/square foot of belt (90 kg/m 2 ) Belt Widths: 6 (52 mm) to 60 (,524 mm) Lengths: 6 (94 mm) to 999 (25,75 mm) Belt speed: 2 ft/min maximum (7 m/min) Wear strip material is UHMW Continuous TIG welded 04 stainless steel frame #4 Polish on all outside surfaces Bearing material is 400 stainless steel Bearing lubricant is H type FDA lubricant FDA approved belting and plastic components Features & Benefits: Frame is designed with no horizontal surfaces for optimum cleaning. Conveyors over 0 (,048 mm) long consist of multiple sections which are bolted together. Bearings are mounted in cast stainless steel housings for maximum performance in washdown environments. Solid UHMW wear strips are easily lifted out of the frame without tools to minimize cleaning time. The tool-less tip up pulley allows conveyor end to be lifted easily for quick access to inside of conveyor for cleaning. Conveyor is designed to withstand high pressure (00-,500 psi) spray and chlorinated solutions. The return belt supports are segmented plastic slide blocks and are easily removed without tools for effective cleaning. Drive sprockets are located on a.5 square stainless steel shaft without fasteners to provide optimum drive strength and cleanability. Frame cut-outs (optional) are available to allow spraying the inside of the conveyor without lifting the belt. Nose bar idler ends (optional) are constructed of a machined UHMW bar to provide a.5 diameter transfer. The nose bar drive configuration (optional) allows the use of the nose bar transfer on each end of the conveyor for small product transfers. Belt lifters (optional) raise the belt from the wear strips by simply pulling an external lever for fast access and effective cleaning. OPTIONAL: Belt Lifters For easy cleaning on wide or long conveyors OPTIONAL: Nose Bar Idler Pulley.5 (8 mm) diameter for tight transfers OPTIONAL: Motorized Pulley For fast and effective sanitation Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands, see pages Note: Proper conveyor application, Order gearmotor cleaning and mounting sanitation packages is the responsibility and gearmotors of the end separately; user. When see required, pages Dorner 8-4. can passivate For support conveyors stands, or provide see page most 4. materials in 6 or 6L stainless steel. 24 For ordering information, see page 44 49

125 AquaPruf 7400 series Modular Flat Belt Sanitary Options: Side Drive Model Nose Bar Drive Model Nose Bar Frame Cutouts Belt Lifter Motorized Pulley W+.77 (45) Position A W+.77 (45) Position A W+2.97 (75) W+4.02 (02) FLOW W W+4.02 (02) FLOW Position D 7.6 (87) Note: When ordered with a Gearmotor Mounting Package the bearing support is replaced with the Gearmotor Mounting bracket. L (at initial factory belt tension) 6.00 (52) 6.00 (52) Position D 8.70 (22).00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH /4" KEYWAY 2.5 (54) 5.65 (44) 6.00 (52) Note: When ordered with a Gearmotor Mounting Package the bearing support is replaced with the Gearmotor Mounting bracket. L (at initial factory belt tension) 6.00 (52).00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH /4" KEYWAY.5 (8) DIA. 0.7 (26) 5.65 (4) 4.29 (09) 2.6 (55) 7.4 (87).59 (294).5 (8) DIA (52) W+.50 ().5 (8) DIA (52) W+.50 () 5.65 (44) 5.85 (49) 5.65 (44) NOSE BAR TAIL NOSE BAR TAIL 2.50 (8) STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to Conveyor Belt Width (W) 6 (52mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to (,524mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L) 6 (94mm) (25mm) increments up to (25,75mm) Drive Shaft Position W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) A D Note: Nose bar drive conveyors have a minimum conveyor length of 48 For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 25

126 7400 Series: Modular Cleated Belt Specifications: Load: 20 lbs/square foot of belt (90 kg/m 2 ) Belt Widths: 6 (52 mm) to 24 (60 mm) Lengths: 6 (94 mm) to 999 (25,75 mm) Belt speed: 2 ft/min maximum (7 m/min) Wear strip material is UHMW Continuous TIG welded 04 stainless steel frame #4 Polish on all outside surfaces Bearing material is 400 stainless steel Bearing lubricant is H type FDA lubricant FDA approved belting and plastic components Features & Benefits: Frame is designed with no horizontal surfaces for optimum cleaning. Conveyors over 0 (,048 mm) long consist of multiple sections which are bolted together. Bearings are mounted in cast stainless steel housings for maximum performance in washdown environments. Solid UHMW wear strips are easily lifted out of the frame without tools to minimize cleaning time. The tool-less tip up pulley allows conveyor end to be easily lifted without tools for convenient sanitation. Conveyor is designed to withstand high pressure (00-,500 psi) spray and chlorinated solutions. The return belt supports are segmented plastic slide blocks and are easily removed without tools for effective cleaning. Drive sprockets are located on a.5 square stainless steel shaft without fasteners to provide optimum drive strength and cleanability. Frame cut-outs (optional) are available to allow spraying the inside of the conveyor without lifting the belt. Belt lifters (optional) raise the belt from the wear strips by simply pulling an external lever for fast access and effective cleaning. OPTIONAL: Belt Lifters For easy cleaning on wide or long conveyors OPTIONAL: Motorized Pulley For fast and effective sanitation Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands, see pages Note: Proper conveyor application, cleaning and sanitation is the responsibility of the end user. When required, Dorner can passivate conveyors or provide most materials in 6 or 6L stainless steel. 26 For ordering information, see page 50

127 Aquapruf 7400 series Modular Cleated Belt Sanitary Options: Side Drive Model Frame Cutouts Belt Lifter Motorized Pulley W+.77 (45) Position A W+4.02 (02) FLOW W Note: When ordered with a Gearmotor Mounting Package the bearing support is replaced with the Gearmotor Mounting bracket. L (at initial factory belt tension) 6.00 (52) 6.00 (52) Position D 8.70 (22).00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH /4" KEYWAY 2.5 (54) B (pocket width) Cleat Profiles " Cleat.00[25] 5.65 (4) 4.29 (09) A 0.2[5] 2.6 (55) A= 7.4 (89) for " Cleats 9.09 (2) for " Cleats W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) B= W (68) for " Cleats 6.00 (52) (406) Wide W (7) for " Cleats 8.00 (457) (60) Wide W (68) for " Cleats 6.00 (52) (406) Wide W (7) for " Cleats 8.00 (457) (60) Wide " Cleat.00[76] STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to Conveyor Belt Width (W) 6 (52mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to (60mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L) 6 (94mm) (25mm) increments up to (25,75mm) Drive Shaft Position A D 0.2[5] For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 27

128 7400 Series: Curved Modular Flat Belt Specifications: Loads up to 20 lbs/square foot of belt (90 kg/m 2 ) Belt Widths: 8 (20 mm) to 6 (60 mm) Total Lengths up to 999 (25,75 mm) Belt speed: 75 ft/min maximum (5 m/min) Degree of curves: 5 to 80 8 and 0 widths available in 0 increments 2 through 6 widths available in 5 increments Maximum of 2 curves per conveyor with up to 240 total degrees of turns (up to 4 curves is possible dependant upon length and degree of curves, consult factory) Wear strip material is UHMW Continuous TIG welded 04 stainless steel frame #4 Polish on all outside surfaces Bearing material is 400 stainless steel Bearing lubricant is H type FDA lubricant FDA approved belting and plastic components Features & Benefits: Frame is designed with no horizontal surfaces for optimum cleaning. Bearings are mounted in cast stainless steel housings for maximum performance in washdown environments. Solid UHMW wear strips are easily lifted out of the frame without tools to minimize cleaning time. The tool-less tip up pulley allows conveyor end to be lifted easily for quick access to inside of conveyor for cleaning. Conveyor is designed to withstand high pressure (00-,500 psi) spray and chlorinated solutions. Drive sprockets are located on a.5 square stainless steel shaft without fasteners to provide optimum drive strength and cleanability. Frame cut-outs (optional) are available to allow spraying the inside of the conveyor without lifting the belt. Nose bar idler ends (optional) are constructed of a machined UHMW bar to provide a.5 diameter transfer. The nose bar drive configuration (optional) allows the use of the nose bar transfer on each end of the conveyor for small product transfers. Belt lifters (optional) raise the belt from the wear strips by simply pulling an external lever for fast access and effective cleaning. OPTIONAL: Belt Lifters For easy cleaning on wide or long conveyors OPTIONAL: Nose Bar Idler Pulley.5 (8 mm) diameter for tight transfers OPTIONAL: Motorized Pulley For fast and effective sanitation Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands, see pages Note: Proper conveyor application, cleaning and sanitation is the responsibility of the end user. When required, Dorner can passivate conveyors or provide most materials in 6 or 6L stainless steel. 28 For ordering information, see page 50

129 Aquapruf 7400 series Curved Modular Flat Belt Side Drive Model Nose Bar Drive Model W+4.02 (02) W W+4.02 (02) W L (Module ) L (Module ) 6. (55) 2.5 (64) DIA (47) NOSE BAR TAIL BELT RADIUS (see chart) L (Module ) BELT RADIUS (see chart) L (Module ) W+.77 (45) W+.77 (45) Position A Position A W+2.97 (75) FLOW W FLOW W Note: When ordered with a Gearmotor Mounting Package the bearing support is replaced with the Gearmotor Mounting Position D 8.70 (22).00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH /4" KEYWAY Note: When ordered with a Gearmotor Mounting Package the bearing support is replaced with the Gearmotor Mounting Position D 7.6 (87).00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH /4" KEYWAY 6. (55) 2.27 (58) 6.07 (54) 2.5 (64) DIA. 4.5 (4) 0.49 (267) 2.25 (57) 5.75 (46) 6. (55).66 (296) 6. (55) 6. (55) 2.5 (64) DIA (47) 5.75 (46) NOSE BAR TAIL 5.75 (46) STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to... 6 Conveyor Belt Width (W) 8 (20mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to... 6 (94mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Module Length (L ) Greater of 20 (508mm) or.5w (25mm) increments up to (25,75mm) Module Length (L ) Greater of 6 (94mm) or 2W (25mm) increments up to (25,75mm) Drive Shaft Position A D Sanitary Options: Nose Bar Belt Lifter Frame Cutouts Motorized Pulley W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) Conveyor Width (in) Belt Radius Standard Belt Radius Specialty Belt Radius 08. (28).6 (45) (57) 7.0 (42) 2 7. (440) 20.4 (58) (524) 2.8 (605) (607) 27.2 (69) (692) 0.6 (777) (774) 4.0 (864) 22.7 (857) 7.4 (950) (94) 40.8 (,06) (,026) N/A (,05) N/A (,9) N/A (,270) N/A (,58) N/A (,48) N/A For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 29

130 7400 Series: Z-frame modular flat Belt Specifications: Loads up to 20 lbs/square foot of belt (90 kg/m 2 ) Belt Widths: 6 (52 mm) to 24 (60 mm) Section Lengths: 24 (60 mm) to 20 (6. m) Belt speed: 2 ft/min maximum (7 m/min) 5, 0, 5 & 0 Fixed Angle Modules standard (inclines over 5 require friction insert belting) Wear strip material is UHMW Continuous TIG welded 04 stainless steel frame #4 Polish on all outside surfaces Bearing material is 400 stainless steel Bearing lubricant is H type FDA lubricant FDA approved belting and plastic components Features & Benefits: Frame is designed with no horizontal surfaces for optimum cleaning. Conveyors over 0 (,048 mm) long consist of multiple sections which are bolted together. Bearings are mounted in cast stainless steel housings for maximum performance in washdown environments. Solid UHMW wear strips are easily lifted out of the frame without tools to minimize cleaning time. The tool-less tip up pulley allows conveyor end to be lifted easily for quick access to inside of conveyor for cleaning. Conveyor is designed to withstand high pressure (00-,500 psi) spray and chlorinated solutions. The return belt supports are segmented plastic slide blocks and are easily removed without tools for effective cleaning. Drive sprockets are located on a.5 square stainless steel shaft without fasteners to provide optimum drive strength and cleanability. Frame cut-outs (optional) are available to allow spraying the inside of the conveyor without lifting the belt. Nose bar idler ends (optional) are constructed of a machined UHMW bar to provide a.5 diameter transfer. The nose bar drive configuration (optional) allows the use of the nose bar transfer on each end of the conveyor for small product transfers. Belt lifters (optional) raise the belt from the wear strips by simply pulling an external lever for fast access and effective cleaning. OPTIONAL: Belt Lifters For easy cleaning on wide or long conveyors OPTIONAL: Nose Bar Idler Pulley.5 (8 mm) diameter for tight transfers OPTIONAL: Motorized Pulley For fast and effective sanitation Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands, see pages Note: Proper conveyor application, cleaning and sanitation is the responsibility of the end user. When required, Dorner can passivate conveyors or provide most materials in 6 or 6L stainless steel. 0 For ordering information, see page 52

131 Aquapruf 7400 series z-frame modular Flat Belt Sanitary Options: Modular Flat Belt Model Nose Bar Belt Lifter.5(8) DIA (52) W+.77 (45) Position A 5.65 (44) NOSE BAR TAIL Frame Cutouts Motorized Pulley W+4.02 (02) FLOW W.5(8) DIA (52) 7400 Flat Available in 5, 0, 5 and 0 Angles Note: When ordered with a Gearmotor Mounting Package the bearing support is replaced with the Gearmotor Mounting bracket (52) Position D 8.70 (22).00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH /4" KEYWAY 2.4 (54) 4.29 (09).59 (294) 0.7 (26) 7.4 (87) B (pocket width) Configurations available A 5.65 (4) 6.00 (52) Angle 2.4 (54) A= 7.4(89) for " Guide Profile 9.09(2) for " Guide Profile B= W-2.67(68) for " Guide Profile W-2.67(67) for " Guide Profile Horizontal to Incline W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) Nose-over STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to Conveyor Belt Width (W) 6 (52mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to (60mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L, L 2, L ) 24 (60mm) (25mm) increments up to (2,92mm) Drive Shaft Position A D Z-frame For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user.

132 7400 Series: z-frame Modular Cleated Belt Specifications: Loads up to 20 lbs/square foot of belt (90 kg/m 2 ) Belt Widths: 6 (52 mm) to 24 (60 mm) Section Lengths: 24 (60 mm) to 20 (6. m) Total Conveyor Lengths up to 8 (.6 m) Belt speed: 2 ft/min maximum (7 m/min) 5, 0, 45 & 60 Fixed Angle Modules standard Wear strip material is UHMW Continuous TIG welded 04 stainless steel frame #4 Polish on all outside surfaces Bearing material is 400 stainless steel Bearing lubricant is H type FDA lubricant FDA approved belting and plastic components Cleat height available in 25 mm & 76 mm Features & Benefits: Frame is designed with no horizontal surfaces for optimum cleaning. Conveyors over 0 (,048 mm) long consist of multiple sections which are bolted together. Bearings are mounted in cast stainless steel housings for maximum performance in washdown environments. Solid UHMW wear strips are easily lifted out of the frame without tools to minimize cleaning time. The tool-less tip up pulley allows conveyor end to be easily lifted without tools for convenient sanitation. Conveyor is designed to withstand high pressure (00-,500 psi) spray and chlorinated solutions. The return belt supports are segmented plastic slide blocks and are easily removed without tools for effective cleaning. Drive sprockets are located on a.5 square stainless steel shaft without fasteners to provide optimum drive strength and cleanability. Frame cut-outs (optional) are available to allow spraying the inside of the conveyor without lifting the belt. Belt lifters (optional) raise the belt from the wear strips by simply pulling an external lever for fast access and effective cleaning. OPTIONAL: Belt Lifters For easy cleaning on wide or long conveyors OPTIONAL: Motorized Pulley For fast and effective sanitation Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands, see pages Note: Proper conveyor application, cleaning and sanitation is the responsibility of the end user. When required, Dorner can passivate conveyors or provide most materials in 6 or 6L stainless steel. 2 For ordering information, see page 52

133 Aquapruf 7400 series Z-frame Modular Cleated Belt Sanitary Options: Modular Cleated Belt Model Frame Cutouts Belt Lifter Motorized Pulley W+.77 (45) Position A W+4.02 (02) FLOW W 7400 Cleated Available in 5, 0, 45 and 60 Angles Note: When ordered with a Gearmotor Mounting Package the bearing support is replaced with the Gearmotor Mounting bracket. Position D 8.70 (22).00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH /4" KEYWAY Configurations available 6.00 (52) 2.4 (54) B (pocket width) 4.29 (09) A 5.65 (4) 6.00 (52) Angle 2.4 (54) A= 7.4 (89) for " Cleats 9.09 (2) for " Cleats B= W (68) for " Cleats 6.00 (52) (406) Wide W (7) for " Cleats 8.00 (457) (60) Wide W (68) for " Cleats 6.00 (52) (406) Wide W (7) for " Cleats 8.00 (457) (60) Wide Horizontal to Incline W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) Nose-over STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to Conveyor Belt Width (W) 6 (52mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to (60mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L, L 2, L ) 24 (60mm) (25mm) increments up to (2,92mm) Drive Shaft Position A D Z-frame For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user.

134 7400 Series: Sanitary Roller Conveyors Specifications: Loads up to 20 lbs/roller Roller widths: 8, 2, 8, 24, 0, & 6 Conveyor lengths: 6 to 20 in increments Frame is all welded with round cross members Frames outer surface is a #4 finish with 2B on internal components Roller centers and 6 Standard Hollow Tube roller.9 diameter Solid Acetal roller 2 diameter Hollow Tube rollers are 04 SS hollow tubes with a 2B finish* Solid Acetal roller ends are located in a UHMW guide bar Hollow Tube roller ends are spring loaded 7/6 hex shaft Stands are stainless steel tube with adjustable foot and thread guards Solid Acetal roller is designed to USDA Red Meat & Poultry standards * Note: Hollow Rollers may fill with liquid if sprayed with high pressure cleaners. Features & Benefits: Frame is constructed of continuous TIG welded 04 stainless steel for durability in tough applications Integral high side for product containment or low side for maximum flexibility Solid Acetal rollers and guides simply lift out of UHMW guide for quick for access to frame during cleaning Hollow Tube spring loaded roller can be removed quickly for access to frame during cleaning Optional welded end stop available for durability Stainless Steel Gravity Roller: Hollow Tube Stainless Steel Gravity Roller: Solid Acetal Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands, see pages Note: Proper conveyor application, cleaning and sanitation is the responsibility of the end user. When required, Dorner can passivate conveyors or provide most materials in 6 or 6L stainless steel. 4 For ordering information, see page 52

135 Aquapruf 7400 series Sanitary Roller Conveyors Hollow Tube Rollers Solid Acetal Rollers "LLLLL" "LLLLL".75 Ø 2.00 M0 TAP "EE" "DD" WW WW "EE" "DD" WW +.25 WW REF WW WW +.77 * Recommended minimum angle of decline is 5 degrees for products greater than 0 lbs. * Recommended minimum angle of decline is 7-0 degrees for products less than 5 lbs. * Recommended rollers are in contact with the product. WW +.77 STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to... 6 Conveyor Roller Width (W) 6 (52mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to... 6 (94mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L) 6 (94mm) (25mm) increments up to (,048mm) * Recommended minimum angle of decline is 5 degrees for products greater than 0 lbs. * Recommended minimum angle of decline is 0 degrees for products less than 5 lbs. * Recommended rollers are in contact with the product. 4.9 For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 5

136 7400 Series: Profiles Flat Modular Belt Profiles W+.50 () W+.50 () 5.50 (40) 6.69 (70) W+.77 (45) W+.77 (45) PROFILE LOW SIDE PROFILE 2 HIGH SIDE.7 (284) W-.98 (50) 8.88 (226) W+.77 (45) PROFILE Cleated Modular Belt Profiles D B W.58 (40) W A (POCKET WIDTH).00 (25).24 (82) C (POCKET WIDTH).00 (76) 5.85 (49) 4.84 (2) 5.85 (49) 6.84 (74) A= W (65) for 6.00 (52) (406) Wide W (69) for 8.00 (457) (60) Wide B= W +.69 (4) for 6.00 (52) (406) Wide W +.54 (9) for 8.00 (457) (60) Wide C= W (65) for 6.00 (52) (406) Wide W (69) for 8.00 (457) (60) Wide D= W +.4 (4) for 6.00 (52) (406) Wide W +.8 (0) for 8.00 (457) (60) Wide CLEAT WIDTH WILL VARY PER BELT TYPE 6 Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user.

137 7400 Series: profiles Curve Modular Belt Profiles W-.44 (7) 0.26 (7) 5.90 (50) 6.88 (75) W+.50 (8) W+2.25 (57) W-2.00 (5) CURVE MODULE PROFILE.7 (44) 7.8 (87) W+.77 (45) 0.98 (25) W-.44 (7).2 () CURVE STRAIGHT MODULE PROFILE (68) 6.88 (75) W+.50 (8) CURVE MODULE PROFILE 2 Easy Removal of Profiles The UHMW profiles are easily removed from the conveyor for sanitation by pulling pins on each end. All pins are tethered to the frame to aide in sanitation. Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 7

138 7400 Series: Motorized Pulley AquaPruf Sanitary Motorized Pulley Available in 7400, 7600 & ULTIMATE Series General Specifications Motorized Pulley Widths: 2 to 46 in 2 increments All external components are stainless steel Pulley located in conveyor frame with welded supports Pulley supports have quick locating and removal slot All frame components are a #4 finish Completely sealed components ideal for sanitary applications 50,000 hours of operation between oil changes 96% mechanically efficient Saves up to 0% power consumption over conventional motors 20 or 460 Volt Phase VFD variable speed capable Speeds to 270 feet per minute MOTORIZED PULLEY TAIL Features & Benefits 04 stainless steel for durability in tough applications Sealed drum motor is ideal for heavy duty washdown applications Pulley locating supports allow for fast removal and relocating for sanitation No fasteners are used to locate sprockets on motorized pulley Innovative sprocket locating key way allows for fast and effective sanitation Progressive Key Sprocket Retention System* Locates low profile sprockets in place without the use of set-screws or fasteners Eliminates the possibility of fasteners loosening up and falling into the food zone The primary key is easily removed by shifting the main retaining ring then each progressive sprocket and key can be removed for fast effective sanitation When re-installed the sprockets are automatically located for proper mating with the conveyor chain Retention System works for both plastic chain and positive driven urethane belting *Patent Pending 8 For ordering information, see page 5

139 7400 Series: Standard Modular Belting Dorner s Standard Modular Belting offers these valuable advantages: Oblong Hole improves access to hinge area during sanitation. Open Hinge Design allows easy cleaning through an enlarged hinge gap. Friction Inserts are available for incline applications. Inserts may be placed along entire length of the belt or spaced for belt drainage. Friction inserts are indented 2 (5 mm) from each belt edge. Flat Top Belts provide a very closed surface for complete product support and easy wiping. Flush Grid Belts provide an open surface for better drainage, cleaning and sanitation. 9

140 7400 Series: Standard Modular Belting Standard Modular Belt Options Belt Type Part Number Reference Description % Open Pitch in (mm) Belt Thickness in (mm) Color Belt Material Rod Material Minimum Product Temperature F(C)**** Maximum Product Temperature F(C)**** FDA / CFIA Approved* Chemical Resistance Wear Resistance Straight Flat Belts Standard Drive & Idler Pulley Maximum Incline / Decline (degrees)** Nose Bar Drive or Nose Bar Idler Nose Bar Idler Diameter in (mm) MA Flat top 0.0 (25) 0.4 () White Acetal Polyethylene -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good 5 N/A MB Flat top 0.0 (25) 0.4 () White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 275 (5) Y V-Good Good 5 N/A MC Flush Grid 5.0 (25) 0.9 (0) White Acetal Polypropylene -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good 5 N/A MD Flush Grid 5.0 (25) 0.9 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 275 (5) Y V-Good Good 5 N/A MG Flat top () 0.9 (0) White Acetal Polyethylene -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good (9) MH Flat top () 0.9 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 275 (5) Y V-Good Good (9) MJ Flush Grid () 0.9 (0) White Acetal Polypropylene -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good (9) MK Flush Grid () 0.9 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 275 (5) Y V-Good Good (9) Cleated Straight Belts (see page 25 for cleat options) Standard Drive & Idler Pulley NA NB NC ND NE NF NG NH Flat top w/ Cleats Flat top w/ Cleats Flat top w/ Cleats Flat top w/ Cleats Flush Grid w/ cleats Flush Grid w/ cleats Flush Grid w/ cleats Flush Grid w/ cleats 0.0 (25) 0.4 () White Acetal Polyethylene -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good 45*** N/A 0.0 (25) 0.4 () White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 275 (5) Y V-Good Good 45*** N/A 0.0 (25) 0.4 () White Acetal Polyethylene -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good 45*** N/A 0.0 (25) 0.4 () White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 275 (5) Y V-Good Good 45*** N/A 5.0 (25) 0.9 (0) White Acetal Polypropylene -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good 45*** N/A 5.0 (25) 0.9 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 275 (5) Y V-Good Good 45*** N/A 5.0 (25) 0.9 (0) White Acetal Polypropylene -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good 45*** N/A 5.0 (25) 0.9 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 275 (5) Y V-Good Good 45*** N/A Friction Top Straight Belts Standard & Nose Bar Idler Pulley SEE TABLE BELOW SEE TABLE BELOW Flat top w/ friction inserts Flush Grid w/ friction inserts 0.0 (25) 0.55 (4) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 40 (60) Y V-Good Poor 20.6 (4) 5.0 (25) 0.55 (4) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 40 (60) Y V-Good Poor 20.6 (4) Curved Flat Belts Standard & Nose Bar Idler Pulley MR Tight Radius 5.0 (25) 0.50 () White Acetal Nylon -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good N/A.6 (4) MS Tight Radius 5.0 (25) 0.50 () White Polypropylene Acetal 40 (5) 275 (5) Y V-Good Good N/A.6 (4) * FDA = Food and Drug Administration, CFIA = Canadian Food Inspection Agency ** Temperature, environmental conditions, product materials and product configuration effect the maximum incline or decline. Product testing is recommended. *** Inclines / declines of higher than 45 degrees require wearstrip modifications. Consult factory for details. **** These do not indicate ambient running conditions. Ambient temperature range is 0 to 00 F (- to 8 C). Product temperature is dependent on length of time product is in direct contact with belt surface. Product testing is recommended. FRICTION TOP STRAIGHT MODULAR BELT: Part number reference chart Flat Top w/ Friction Inserts Part Number Reference TA TB TC TD TE Flush Grid w/ Friction Inserts Part Number Reference N/A TF TG TH TJ Friction Insert Spacing [links] Friction Insert Spacing (25 mm) 2 (5 mm) 4 (02 mm) 6 (52 mm) 2 (05 mm) 40 Note: Friction Top not available on nose bar drives

141 7400 Series: Specialty Modular Belting Dorner s Specialty Modular Belt Program offers Intralox Options and other Manufacturers for Added Flexibility. Please call to inquire. Specialty Modular Belt Options Straight Flat Belts Standard Drive & Idler Pulley Belt Type Part Number Reference Description % Open Pitch in (mm) Belt Thickness in (mm) Color Belt Material Rod Material Minimum Product Temperature F(C)**** Maximum Product Temperature F(C)**** FDA Approved* CFIA Approved* Chemical Resistance Wear Resistance Maximum Incline / Decline (degrees)** Nose Bar Idler Diameter in (mm) Manufacturer / Series PA Flat top 0.0 (25) 0.40 (0) White Acetal Polypropolene -50 (-46) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good 5 N/A Intralox 600 Nose Bar Drive and/or Nose Bar Idler PB Flat top 0.0 (25) 0.40 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropolene 4 () 275 (5) Y V-Good Good 5 N/A PC Flush Grid (5) 0.4 (9) White Acetal Polypropolene -50 (-46) 25 (02) Y Y Good V-Good 5 N/A PD Flush Grid (5) 0.4 (9) White Polypropylene Polypropolene 4 () 275 (5) Y Y V-Good Good 5 N/A PJ Flat top (5) 0.4 (9) White Acetal Polypropolene -50 (-46) 25 (02) Y Y Good V-Good (9) PK Flat top (5) 0.4 (9) White Polypropylene Polypropolene 4 () 275 (5) Y Y V-Good Good (9) PL Flush Grid (5) 0.4 (9) White Acetal Polypropolene -50 (-46) 25 (02) Y Y Good V-Good (9) PM Flush Grid (5) 0.4 (9) White Polypropylene Polypropolene 4 () 275 (5) Y Y V-Good Good (9) Intralox 600 Intralox 00 Intralox 00 Intralox 00 Intralox 00 Intralox 00 Intralox 00 Cleated Straight Belts (see page 25 for cleat type options) Standard Drive & Idler Pulley RA RB RC RD RE RF Flat top w/ Cleats Flat top w/ Cleats Flat top w/ Cleats Flat top w/ Cleats Flush Grid w/ cleats Flush Grid w/ cleats 0.0 (25) 0.40 (0) White Acetal Polypropolene -50 (-46) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good 45*** N/A 0.0 (25) 0.40 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropolene 4 () 275 (5) Y V-Good Good 45*** N/A 0.0 (25) 0.40 (0) White Acetal Polypropolene -50 (-46) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good 45*** N/A 0.0 (25) 0.40 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropolene 4 () 275 (5) Y V-Good Good 45*** N/A (5) 0.4 (9) White Acetal Polypropolene -50 (-46) 25 (02) Y Y Good V-Good 45*** N/A (5) 0.4 (9) White Polypropylene Polypropolene 4 () 275 (5) Y Y V-Good Good 45*** N/A Intralox 600 Intralox 600 Intralox 600 Intralox 600 Intralox 00 Intralox 00 Curved Flat Belts***** Standard & Nose bar Idler Pulley PT Tight Radius 42.0 (25) 0.5 () White Acetal Nylon -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good N/A.6 (4) PU Tight Radius 42.0 (25) 0.5 () White Polypropylene Acetal 4 () 275 (5) Y V-Good Good N/A.6 (4) Intralox 2400 Intralox 2400 * FDA = Food and Drug Administration, CFIA = Canadian Food Inspection Agency. ** Temperature, environmental conditions, product materials and product configuration effect the maximum incline or decline. Product testing is recommended. *** Inclines / declines of higher than 45 degrees require wearstrip modifications. Consult factory for details. **** These do not indicate ambient running conditions. Ambient temperature range is 0 to 00 F (- to 8 C). Product temperature is dependent on length of time product is in direct contact with belt surface. Product testing is recommended ***** Type PT and PU Belts are available up to 24 wide only. 4

142 7400 Series: Gearmotor mounting Packages Gearmotor Mounting Package & Gearmotor Selection Steps Step : Select a Gearmotor Mounting Package (page 42). Step 2: Step : Locate the appropriate gearmotor chart (pages 4-44) in terms of Painted vs. Stainless Steel and Fixed Speed vs. Variable Speed. Use the Belt Speed Column to locate the Part Number for your desired Gearmotor. Drive Shaft Position A D Horizontal Side Drive Mount 7.9 (88) W+5.40 (7) 2.4 (59) W end view 6.8 (74) top view 4.64 (8) 0.69 (7) 2.54 (65) W = Conveyor Belt Width Vertical Side Drive Mount 6.8 (7) 2.54 (65) 0.69 (7) end view 6.7 (70).90 (99) top view W W+5.28 (4) W = Conveyor Belt Width Nose Bar Drive Mount W+5.46 (9) 4.58 (6) W 8.70 (22) 5.76 (46) end view 2.0 (05) top view 4.49 (4) 2.6 (67) 42 Note: Nose Bar Drive Belt Speed is Limited to 7 ft/min (5.7 m/min) Dimensions = in (mm) For ordering information, see page 5 W = Conveyor Belt Width

143 7400 Series: Gearmotors Standard Load, Fixed Speed Chart Painted Gearmotor Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant FDA Approved Stainless Painted Gear Box FDA Approved White Epoxy Painted Motor UL and CSA Approved Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Order optional Manual Motor Starter separately, see page Hp 20 / 460 V, Phase.0 &.5 HP / 460 Volts, Phase 7.[8].8[97] 9.05[20] 5.74[46] 4.00[02] 2.29[58] 2.8[72].75[44] E Single Phase Only 7.52[9] 6.7[70] E=7.48[444] for.5 HP MOTORS, PHASE 6.50[49] for.5 HP MOTORS, PHASE 7.5[445] for HP MOTORS 8.8[467] for.5 HP MOTORS Part Number 74M080HS4(vp)FN 74M060HS4(vp)FN 74M040HS4(vp)FN 74M00HS4(vp)FN 74M020HS4(vp)FN 74M05HS4(vp)FN 74M00HS4(vp)FN 74M007HS4(vp)FN Belt Speed Phase Phase RPM Ft/min m/min Hp kw FLA Hp kw FLA n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 6.8 / / /.7-.4 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a / / / / / / / / 2. (vp) = voltage and Phase = 5 / , Phase 2 = 0.5 HP: 20 / 460 Volts, Phase;.0 &.5 HP: / 460 Volts, Phase in.-lbs Nm Chart 2 Stainless Steel Gearmotor Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant Stainless Steel Gear Box Stainless Steel Motor UL and CSA Approved /2 HP is Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated and /2 HP are Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled / 460 V, Phase Order optional Manual Motor Starter separately, see page Hp 20 / 460 V, Phase.0 &.5 HP / 460 V, Phase A.8[97] B 5.62[4] 2.29[58] A=7.7[82] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.9[88] for &.5 HP MOTORS B=8.97[228] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.6[2] for &.5 HP MOTORS 2.8[72] 7.52[9].75[95] D.75[44] C C=6.54[420] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.2[488] for &.5 HP MOTORS D=6.7[70] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.6[82] for &.5 HP MOTORS Part Number Belt Speed Phase RPM Ft/min m/min Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 74M080HZS42FN 74M060HZS42FN 74M040HZS42FN 74M00HZS42FN 74M020HZS42FN 74M05HZS42FN / / / / / / / / / / / / M00HZS42FN 74M007HZS42FN / / / / FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm) HIGHLIGHT Highlighted gearmotors are not available with Nose Bar Idler tail. Maximum Nose Bar speed is 7 ft/min (5.7 m/min) 4

144 7400 Series: Gearmotors Standard Load, Variable Speed Chart Painted Gearmotor Variable Frequency Drive, 6 to 60 Hz Phase Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant FDA Approved Stainless Painted Gear Box FDA Approved White Epoxy Painted Motor UL and CSA Approved Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Order control separately, see page 45 7.[8].8[97] 9.05[20] 5.74[46] 4.00[02] 2.29[58] 2.8[72].75[44] 7.52[9] E E=6.50[49] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.5[445] for HP MOTORS 8.8[467] for.5 HP MOTORS 6.7[70] Part Number Belt Speed Phase RPM Ft/min m/min Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 74M080HS42EN 74M060HS42EN 74M040HS42EN 74M00HS42EN 74M020HS42EN 74M05HS42EN 2 to 22 to 29 5 to 44 6 to 58 9 to 87 2 to to to 8.8. to to to to / / / / / / / / / / / / M00HS42EN 74M007HS42EN 8 to 75 2 to 2 5. to to / / / / Chart 4 Stainless Steel Gearmotor Variable Frequency Drive, 6 to 60 Hz Phase Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant Stainless Steel Gear Box Stainless Steel Motor UL and CSA Approved /2 HP is Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated and /2 HP are Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled Order control separately, see page 45 A.8[97] B 5.62[4] 2.29[58] A=7.7[82] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.9[88] for &.5 HP MOTORS B=8.97[228] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.6[2] for &.5 HP MOTORS 2.8[72] 7.52[9].75[95] D.75[44] C C=6.54[420] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.2[488] for &.5 HP MOTORS D=6.7[70] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.6[82] for &.5 HP MOTORS Part Number Belt Speed Phase RPM Ft/min m/min Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 74M080HZS42EN 74M060HZS42EN 74M040HZS42EN 74M00HZS42EN 74M020HZS42EN 74M05HZS42EN 2 to 22 to 29 5 to 44 6 to 58 9 to 87 2 to to to 8.8. to to to to / / / / / / / / / / / / M00HZS42EN 74M007HZS42EN 8 to 75 2 to 2 5. to to / / / / FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm) HIGHLIGHT Highlighted gearmotors are not available with Nose Bar Idler tail. Maximum Nose Bar speed is 7 ft/min (5.7 m/min) 44

145 7400 Series: Controls Variable Speed Controller Chart A Variable Speed Controllers Variable Frequency Drive Nema 4X Enclosure Stainless steel enclosure and mounting hardware Digital Display Keypad with Start/Stop and Speed variation Includes cord to motor Power to controller by others UL Approved 0. (260) 6. (60) 8.0 (20) 4.5 (4) 8.8 (222) Part Number 74MV22S 74MV222S 74MV2S 74MV22S 74MV44S 74MV227S 74MV227S 74MV447S Input Output Volts Phase Hz Volts Phase Max Hp Max Amps A (width) B (depth) (200) 6. (55) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200) 6. (55) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200).8 (96) 4.4 (2) 4.9 (24) 4.9 (24) 4.4 (2) 4.9 (24) 4.9 (24) 4.9 (24) Manual Motor Starter Chart B Manual Motor Starter Nema 4X Plastic Enclosure Stainless Steel mounting hardware IP 66 Start / Stop Switch Lock out tag out capable Includes wiring to Motor Power to Starter by others No plug/cord set included.00[25] 8.78[22] 5.0[28] 8.09[205] 7.00[78] 8.6[29] 7.44[89] 6.26[59] Part Number 74MMF 74MM2D 74MM2A 74MM2B 74MM2C 74MM2D 74MM2E 74MM4A 74MM4B 74MM4C 74MM4D FLA = Full Load Amperes Input Volts Phase Hz FLA

146 7400 Series: Support Stands WW Horizontal Mount Version Support Stand Quantity Charts 7400 Straight Conveyors See table below for Stand Requirements 7400 Straight Stand Conveyors Conveyor Length 20 (0.5m) - 0 (0.8m) (0.8m) - 2 (.4m) (.4m) (6.4m) 25 (6.4m) - 72 (9.4m) 7 (9.5m) (2.5m) 49 (2.5m) - 62 (5.5m) 6 (5.6m) - 72 (8.6m) 7 (8.6m) (2.6m) 85 (2.7m) (24.7m) 97 (24.7m) (25.4m) Number of Supports Curved Conveyors Straight modules must have stands near ends and at frame section joints See table below for Curve Modules Stand Requirements 7400 Curve Modules Stand Requirements Degree of Curve Belt Width n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 80 Straight Conveyor Fixed Foot Model HM Conveyor Width 6 (52) 8 (20) 0 (254) 2 (05) 4 2 (5) increments up to (56) (,524) WW Part # Reference increments up to Horizontal Mount HM Stand Width 5.85 (40) 7.85 (45) 9.85 (504) 2.85 (555) (5) increments up to (594) (,762) Top of Belt Height 9-2 (48-584) (25) increments up to (,778-,880) HH Part # Reference increments up to AM Incline Mount AM BM Stand Width 7.8 (452) 9.8 (50) 2.8 (554) 2.8 (605) (5) increments up to (655) (,82) Top of Belt Height 9-2 (48-584) (25) increments up to (,778-,880) HH Part # Reference increments up to Stand Width 0.25 (260) 2.25 () 4.25 (62) 6.25 (4) (5) increments up to (464) (,62) Top of Belt Height -7 (0-42) or 6-20 ( ) HH Part # Reference 7 or 620 Straight Conveyor Swivel Locking Caster Model* BM Bracket Mount Straight Conveyor Support Stands Horizontal Mount Version for direct conveyor mounting, conveyor must be level (Mount directly to conveyor) Foot self-aligns 0 for sloped floors All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Incline Mount Version for angled conveyor applications Sanitary Support Stands do not require mounting brackets 46 HM AM BM Conveyor Width 6 (52) 8 (20) 0 (254) 2 (05) For ordering information, see page (5) increments up to (56) (,524) WW Part # Reference increments up to Stand Width 5.85 (40) 7.85 (45) 9.85 (504) 2.85 (555) (5) increments up to (594) (,762) Top of Belt Height (60-7) (25) increments up to (,778-,880) HH Part # Reference increments up to Stand Width 7.8 (452) 9.8 (50) 2.8 (554) 2.8 (605) (5) increments up to (655) (,82) Top of Belt Height (60-7) (25) increments up to (,778-,880) HH Part # Reference increments up to Stand Width 0.25 (260) 2.25 () 4.25 (62) 6.25 (4) (5) increments up to (464) (,62) Top of Belt Height 8-22 ( ) or 2-25 (55-65) HH Part # Reference 822 or 225 Note: HH is to Conveyor Top of Belt. * Some caster model support stands are equipped with integrated outriggers. Contact factory for details. Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user.

147 7400 Series: Support stands Tall Support Stands Fixed Foot Model Conveyor Width 4 (02) 6 (52) 8 in 2 (5mm) increments up to (20) (,524) WW Part # Reference in 02 increments up to Stand Width at Foot * Top of Belt (Minimum) 7 (,80) Top of Belt (Maximum) 75 (,905) 72 (,829) 76 (,90) (0.26)(HH max) + (WW + 6) inches 7 in (25mm) increments up to (,854) (2,4) 77 in (25mm) increments up to (,956) (2,55) HHHH Part Number in 0 increments up to All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Has +/- 2 of adjustment Fixed Foot self aligns 0 for sloped floors Horizontal Mount Version for Direct Level Conveyor Mounting Incline Mount Version for angled conveyor applications Includes Diagonal Brace for stability Tall Support Stands require the use of floor anchors HM AM * Width dimension is nominal dimension for space claim purposes only. For detail dimension, contact factory. Horizontal Mount Tall Stand Horizontal Mount Adjustable Mount Low Height Support stands Fixed Foot Model Top of Belt (Minimum) 7 (78) Top of Belt (Maximum) (279) 9 (229) (0) HHHH Part # Reference Stand Width at Foot * WW (267mm) All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Has +/- 2 of adjustment Fixed Foot self aligns 0 for sloped floors Caster is swivel locking Horizontal conveyor mounts only * Width dimension is nominal dimension for space claim purposes only. For detail dimension, contact factory. Swivel Locking Caster Model Swivel Locking Caster Model Conveyor Width 4 (02) 6 (52) 8 in 2 (5mm) increments up to (20) (,524) WW Part # Reference in 02 increments up to Stand Width at Caster * 22 (559) Top of Belt (Minimum) 2 (05) Top of Belt (Maximum) 6 (406) 24 (60) 26 in 2 (5mm) increments up to (660) (,98) HHHH Part Number Sanitary Floor Anchor Kits 4 (56) 8 (457) 6 (406) 20 (508) Type Sanitary Floor Anchor Kit /8 (0 mm) x.57 (40 mm) drop in Stainless Steel Anchor is flush with floor upon removal of bolt Two (2) per anchor kit Part No. FAS- Type 2 Sanitary Floor Anchor Kit /8 (0 mm) x 2 /4 (70 mm) Stainless Steel Threaded anchor bolt protrudes above floor after installation Two (2) per anchor kit Part No. FAS-2 Note: Dimensions = in (mm) For ordering information, see page 5 47

148 7400 Series: Support Stands Horizontal Ceiling Supports All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Includes a pair of mounting brackets and hardware for support on both sides of conveyor Compatible with /2 threaded support rod provided by others Part No. 9HCS Adjustable Angle Ceiling Supports All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Includes a pair of mounting brackets and hardware for support on both sides of conveyor Compatible with /2 threaded support rod provided by others Mounting block pivots to support incline mounts from 0 to 60 Part No. 9ACS Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 48

149 7400 Series: Part Number Reference 7400 SERIES: MODULAR FLAT BELT 74 M WW - LLL S S C D G BB MP Drive Shaft Position Motorized Pulley (Optional Parameter) MA = Motorized Pulley in the A Position MD = Motorized Pulley in the D Position Belt Material Profile: = Lowside, 2 = Highside, = Guided Drive / Pulley Type: = Side drive, standard pulleys each end, position A or D 2 = Side drive, nose bar idler end, position A or D = Nose bar drive, nose bars each end, position A** 4 = Nose bar drive, nose bars each end, position D** 5 = Nose bar drive, standard pulley idler end, position A** 6 = Nose bar drive, standard pulley idler end, position D** Cleaning Options: A D 0 = None = Belt lifters & Tip up idler only*** = Frame Cutouts only 4 = Frame cutouts & Tip up idler pulley 2 = Tip up Idler Pulley only 5 = All Cleaning Features*** Idler / Infeed Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from idler end with braces B = 2 from idler end H = 8 from idler end with braces C = 8 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 0 from idler end with braces E = 0 from idler end M = 6 from idler end with braces F = 6 from idler end Drive / Discharge Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from drive end with braces B = 2 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 0 from drive end with braces E = 0 from drive end M = 6 from drive end with braces F = 6 from drive end Length: Belt Width: Standard = 06-60, Ultimate = 06-6 Language: M = English, U = CE English Clean Type: 4 = Standard Example: 74M2420BC5MR Description: 7400 series straight flat belt conveyor, 24 wide x 0 long, stand mounting holes 2 from drive end, stand mounting holes 8 from idler end, belt lifters, tip up end pulley, frame cut-outs, standard pulleys each end side drive ready, lowside profile and MR belt material. Conveyor sections longer than (,5 mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. *Stand location may be dependent upon conveyor length **Nose bar drive conveyors have a minimum conveyor length of 48 ***Belt lifters have a minimum conveyor length of 48 These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to 49

150 7400 Series: Part Number Reference 7400 SERIES: MODULAR CLEATED BELT 74 M WW - LLL S S C P BB SS MA Motorized Pulley (Optional Parameter) MA = Motorized Pulley in the A Position MD = Motorized Pulley in the D Position Cleat Spacing: = Link Spacing Cleated Belt Material: (Determines Profile) Drive Shaft Position: A or D Cleaning Options: 0 = None = Belt lifters & Tip up idler only = Frame Cutouts only 4 = Frame cutouts & Tip up idler pulley 2 = Tip up Idler Pulley only 5 = All Cleaning Features Idler / Infeed Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from idler end with braces B = 2 from idler end H = 8 from idler end with braces C = 8 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 0 from idler end with braces E = 0 from idler end M = 6 from idler end with braces F = 6 from idler end Drive / Discharge Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from drive end with braces B = 2 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 0 from drive end with braces E = 0 from drive end M = 6 from drive end with braces F = 6 from drive end Length: Belt Width: Language: M = English, U = CE English Clean Type: 4 = Standard Example: 74M2420BCSANB06MA Description: 7400 series straight cleated belt conveyor, 24 wide x 0 long, stand mounting holes 2 from drive end, stand mounting holes 8 from idler end, belt lifters, tip up end pulley, frame cut-outs, and NB belt material with cleat spacing of 6 links with a motorized pulley in the A position. *Stand location may be dependent upon conveyor length 7400 SERIES: STRAIGHT INFEED / IDLER MODULE 74 WW - LLL P C S G BB # Module Serialized Sequence: thru 9 Belt Material Guide Profile: = Lowside, = Guided Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes D = 24 from pulley end B = 2 from pulley end E = 0 from pulley end C = 8 from pulley end F = 6 from pulley end Cleaning Options: 0 = None = Belt lifters & Tip up idler only = Frame Cutouts only 4 = Frame cutouts & Tip up idler pulley 2 = Tip up Idler Pulley only 5 = All Cleaning Features Pulley Type: = Standard Idler Pulley, 2 = Nose Bar Idler Length: Belt Width: 08-6 Clean Type: 4 = Standard Conveyor sections longer than (,5 mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. 50 These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to

151 7400 Series: Part Number Reference 7400 SERIES: CURVE MODULE 74 4 WW DDD C S G BB E # Module Serialized Sequence: thru 9 Curve Direction from Infeed End: L = Left, R = Right Belt Material Guide Profile: = Lowside, = Guided Stand Holes: A = no stand mounting holes, Z = stand mounting holes Cleaning Options: 0 = None, = Frame Cutouts Degree of Turn: 05, 00, 045, 060, 085, 090, 05, 20, 5, 50, 65, 80 Belt Width: 08-6 Clean Type: 4 = Standard 7400 SERIES: STRAIGHT INTERMEDIATE MODULE 74 5 WW - LLL C S G BB # Module Serialized Sequence: thru 9 Belt Material Guide Profile: = Lowside, = Guided Stand Holes: A = no stand mounting holes, Z = stand mounting holes Cleaning Options: 0 = None 6* = Belt Lifters only = Frame Cutouts only 7* = Frame cutouts & Belt Lifters *Infeed/Idler module must have Tip Up Idler Pulley Length: Belt Width: 08-6 Clean Type: 4 = Standard 7400 SERIES: STRAIGHT EXIT / DRIVE MODULE 74 M WW - LLL D C S BB G # Module Serialized Sequence: thru 9 Guide Profile: = Lowside, = Guided Belt Material Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes D = 24 from pulley end B = 2 from pulley end E = 0 from pulley end C = 8 from pulley end F = 6 from pulley end Cleaning Options: 0 = None 6* = Belt Lifters only = Frame Cutouts only 7* = Frame cutouts & Belt Lifters *Infeed/Idler module must have Tip Up Idler Pulley Drive / Pulley Type: = Side drive, position A or D = Nose bar drive, position A Drive Shaft Position 4 = Nose bar drive, position D 5 = Motorized Pulley, position A 6 = Motorized Pulley, position D Length: Belt Width: 08-6 Language: M = English, U = CE English Clean Type: 4 = Standard A D Conveyor sections longer than (,5 mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to 5

152 7400 Series: Part Number Reference 7400 SERIES: Z-FRAME MODULAR FLAT & CLEATED BELT 74 S C M L E WW - A LLL LLL LLL C A C A A(A) BB Flat Belt Type or Cleat Spacing: MA thru TG = Flat Belt Types 02 thru 99 = Cleat Spacing Flat Belt Profile or Cleat Type: = High Side Profile (Flat Belt Only, Digit Only) = High Side Profile (Flat Belt Only, Digit Only) NA thru RF = Cleat Types (Cleated Belt Only, 2 Digit Required) Drive Shaft Position / Idler Tail Type: = A Position / Nose Bar 5 = A Position / Standard 4 = D Position / Nose Bar 6 = D Position / Standard Drive Type: S = Side Drive, N = Nose Bar Drive, M = Motorized Pulley Cleaning Options: 0 = None = Belt Lifters & Tip Up Tail = Frame Cutout Windows 4 = Cutout Windows & Tip Up Tail 2 = Tip Up Tail 5 = Cutout Windows, Belt Lifters & Tip Up Tail Idler / Infeed Stand Location*: A = no stand mounting holes B = 2 from idler end G = 2 from idler end with braces C = 8 from idler end H = 8 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces E = 0 from idler end K = 0 from idler end with braces F = 6 from idler end M = 6 from idler end with braces Drive / Discharge Stand Location*: A = no stand mounting holes B = 2 from drive end G = 2 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces E = 0 from drive end K = 0 from drive end with braces F = 6 from drive end M = 6 from drive end with braces Length : (000 for P frame) Length 2: Length : (000 for L frame) Angle: A = 5 deg, B = 0 dec, C = 5 deg, D = 0 deg, E = 45 deg, F = 60 deg Belt Width: Direction: E = Inclining, D = Declining Frame Type: L = Incline, P = Noseover, Z = Z-Frame Language: M = English, U = CE English Belt Style: C = Cleated Belt, F = Flat Belt Clean Type: S = Standard Conveyor sections longer than (,5 mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations SERIES: SANITARY ROLLER 74 RR M WW LLL P S D I EN 52 End Stop: Blank = none, ES = Discharge End Stop Infeed Stand Indent: A = no stand F = 6 from end with braces B = 6 from end G = 2 from end with braces C = 2 from end H = 8 from end with braces D = 8 from end J = 24 from end with braces E = 24 from end Discharge Stand Indent: A = no stand F = 6 from end with braces B = 6 from end G = 2 from end with braces C = 2 from end H = 8 from end with braces D = 8 from end J = 24 from end with braces E = 24 from end Roller Spacing: = CTRS, 6 = 6 CTRS Profile: = Lowside, 2 = Highside Length: (00 increments) Roller Width: 08 = 8, 2 = 2, 8 = 8, 24 = 24, 0 = 0, 6 = 6 Language: M = English Roller Series: SR = Hollow Stainless Rollers, UR = ULTIMATE Solid Acetal Rollers

153 7400 Series: Part Number Reference 7400 SERIES: MOTORIZED PULLEY 7 S MP WW RRR 4 V EN VFD Compatible Phase Volts: 2 = 20V, 4 = 460V Poles Ratio: 00, 024, 020, 08, 06, 05, 0, 0, 00, 009 Belt Width: 2-46 Series: 4 = SERIES: GEARMOTOR MOUNTING PACKAGES 74 M - H S Z A Gearmotor Mounting Position: A or D Gearmotor Type: S = Standard Load Mount Style: H = Horizontal Side Mount Package V = Vertical Side Mount Package N = Nose Bar Mount Package Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English Conveyor Series: 74 = 7400 End Drive Example: 74M-HSZA Description: 7400 series horizontal side mount package mounted in the A position. Drive Shaft Position A D 7400 SERIES: SUPPORT STANDS 9M TT F AA Angle Option: (Incline Mount Only) 0-60 = Fixed Incline Angle in Degrees ST = Slotted for ±60 Pivoting Caster Option: F = Foot Pads C = Swivel-Locking Casters* B = Fixed Foot Pad accepting Diagonal Brace Stand Height Reference Stand Width Reference Stand Type: HM = Horizontal Mount Version AM = Incline Mount Version BM = Bracket Mount Horizontal Version *Stands equipped with casters accept diagonal bracing SERIES: TALL SUPPORT STANDS X MTH WW HH HH B Maximum Top of Belt Height Minimum Top of Belt Height Conveyor Width: Stand Type: TH = Tall Horizontal Mount TA = Tall Angle Mount Conveyor Type: 9 = 7400 Straight 7400 SERIES: LOW HEIGHT SUPPORT STANDS X MLH WW HH HH F Foot: F = Fixed Foot, C = Swivel Locking Caster Maximum Top of Belt Height Minimum Top of Belt Height Conveyor Width/Stand Type: 00 = Fixed Foot Model 04 thru 60 = 4 to 60, Caster Model Conveyor Type: 9 = 7400 Straight 5

154 AquaPruf Series 7600 Sanitary Conveyors Stainless steel General Specifications: Straight Flat and Cleated Belt Models Z-Frame Flat and Cleated Belt Models (0 to 60 +) Loads up to 20 lbs per square foot of belt (90 kg/m 2 ) Widths up to 60 (524 mm) Lengths 6 (94 mm) up to 480 (2.2 m) Continuous TIG Welded 04 stainless steel frame 54

155 AquaPRUF 7600 Welded Stainless Steel Construction Solid UHMW Wear Strips 400 Series Stainless Steel Bearings 7600 Series Feature Overview Sanitation & Cleaning Options 58 FLat Belt End Drive 60 FLat Belt Center Drive 62 Cleated Belt End Drive 64 Z-Frame Flat Belt End Drive 66 Z-Frame Cleated Belt End Drive 68 Profiles 70 Belting 7 Gearmotor Mounting Packages 75 Gearmotors 76 Support Stands & Accessories 79 Part Number Reference 82 55

156 7600 Series Belt: Overview Designed to transport Food & Pharmaceutical product with confidence while keeping operators safe. Tool-Less Tip-up Pulley V-Guided Belting For positive belt tracking. For quick release of belt tension. Nose Bar Transfer Option for small product transfers. Available in: /2, and 7/8. Cast On Urethane Lagged Pulley Belt Tension System with welded Bearing Support for tensioning and tracking with ACME threads Ensures a permanent sanitary bond. 56

157 7600 Series Belt: Overview Round Cross Members Eliminate horizontal surfaces for complete drainage. Solid UHMW Wear Strips Quickly removed without tools for cleaning. Most pieces are identical & completely interchangeable. Full Range of Sanitary Belting Options Stainless Steel Gearmotors located outside of food zone. * Patent Pending Center Drive Option* for dual Nose Bar Transfers and increased end clearance. Tool-less disassembly for quick sanitation. Stainless Steel Welded Frame Construction Eliminates fasteners in food zone. (Continuous TIG welding) 57

158 7600 Series: Sanitation & Cleaning Options Fast & Effective Sanitation Options for Daily Cleaning Tool-less Belt Lifters for easy access to the inside of the conveyor Tool-less Tip-Up Pulley for quick release of belt tension Frame Cutouts for continuous access to the inside of the conveyor Quick Release Stands for fast belt removal NO TOOLS REQUIRED! Total time for cleaning preparation: 0 Seconds 58 Note: Proper conveyor application, cleaning and sanitation is the responsibility of the end user.

159 7600 Series: Sanitation & Cleaning Options Fast & Effective Sanitation Options for Complete Dis-Assembly & Cleaning Conveyor Cleaning Preparation Person Minutes Per Section No Problem! Fully Assembled to Completely Dis-Assembled in Minutes 59

160 7600 Series: Flat Belt End Drive Specifications: Load: 20 lbs/square foot of belt (90 kg/m 2 ) Belt Widths: 6 (52 mm) to 60 (,524 mm) Lengths: 6 (94 mm) to 40 (2.2 m) Belt speed: 28 ft/min maximum (00 m/min).5 (89 mm) diameter drive roller with cast-on Urethane lagging UHMW Wear strip bed plate Continuous TIG welded 04 stainless steel frame #4 Polish on all outside surfaces Bearing material is 400 stainless steel Bearing lubricant is H type FDA lubricant FDA approved belting and plastic components Features & Benefits: Frame is designed with no horizontal surfaces for optimum cleaning. Bearings are mounted in cast stainless steel housings for maximum performance in washdown environments. Belt tensioning mechanism uses Acme threads for easy cleaning and is externally mounted to the frame with adequate clearances for cleaning. The tool-less tip up pulley allows conveyor end to be lifted easily for quick access to inside of conveyor for cleaning. Conveyor is designed to withstand high pressure (00-,500 psi) spray and chlorinated solutions. Drive spindle is Cast-On Urethane Lagging for increased load capacity. Spindle has groove for V-guided belts for optimum performance. Frame cut-outs (optional) are available to allow spraying the inside of the conveyor without lifting the belt. Nose bar idler ends (optional) are available in /2", " & 7/8" for small product transfers. Belt lifters (optional) lift belt from wear strips / bed plate by simply pulling an external lever for fast access and effective cleaning. Belt scraper (optional) removes build up and adjusts easily for each application. Features tool-less disassembly/ assembly for cleaning of parts. Solid bed plate (optional) is stainless steel and locates on UHMW strips for delicate / fragile products. OPTIONAL: Belt Scraper UHMW blade removes build-up and is easily adjusted OPTIONAL: Bed Plates Provides continuous support for delicate product (dry applications only) OPTIONAL: Motorized Pulley For fast and effective sanitation Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands and accessories, see pages Note: Proper conveyor application, cleaning and sanitation is the responsibility of the end user. When required, Dorner can passivate conveyors or provide most materials in 6 or 6L stainless steel. 60 For ordering information, see page 82

161 AquaPruf 7600 Series Flat Belt End Drive End Drive Model R0.25 (R6) 6.00 (52) Position A W+.77 (45) 5.56 (4) /2" Nose Bar Tail W+6.4 (6) FLOW W R0.50 (R) 6.00 (52) When ordered with a Gearmotor Mounting Package the bearing shaft is replaced with the Gearmotor Mounting bracket. Position D.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH /4" KEYWAY 8.64 (29) 5.56 (4) R0.94 (R24) " Nose Bar Tail 6.00 (52) 5.56 (4) 7/8" Nose Bar Tail L (at initial factory belt tension) 6.00 (52) 6.00 (52) W+.50 ().62 (92) 5.56 (4).8 (46) W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to Conveyor Belt Width (W) 6 (52mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to (,524mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L) 6 (94mm) (25mm) increments up to (2,92mm) Sanitary Options: Nose Bar Bed Plate Belt Lifter Frame Cutouts Motorized Pulley Drive Shaft Position A B C D Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. Nose Bar Pulley Application Market /2 7 /8 Medical Pharmaceutical Personal Care Bakery Confectionery Snack Foods Ready-To-Eat Meat/Fish/Poultry Dairy x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 6

162 7600 Series: Flat Belt Center Drive Specifications: Load: 20 lbs/square foot of belt (90 kg/m 2 ) Belt Widths: 6 (52 mm) to 60 (,524 mm) Lengths: 48 (,29 mm) to 40 (2.2 m) Belt speed: 28 ft/min maximum (00 m/min).5 (89 mm) diameter drive roller with cast-on Urethane lagging UHMW Wear strip bed plate Continuous TIG welded 04 stainless steel frame #4 Polish on all outside surfaces Bearing material is 400 stainless steel Bearing lubricant is H type FDA lubricant FDA approved belting and plastic components Features & Benefits: Frame is designed with no horizontal surfaces for optimum cleaning. Bearings are mounted in cast stainless steel housings for maximum performance in washdown environments. Center Drives allow additional clearance on ends when needed. Unique tool-less construction for guarding and back bend rollers. Belt tensioning mechanism uses Acme threads for easy cleaning and is externally mounted to the frame with adequate clearances for cleaning. The tool-less tip up pulley allows conveyor end to be lifted easily for quick access to inside of conveyor for cleaning. Conveyor is designed to withstand high pressure (00-,500 psi) spray and chlorinated solutions. Center drive roller is Cast-On Urethane Lagging for increased load capacity. Spindle has groove for V-guided belts for optimum performance. Frame cut-outs (optional) are available to allow spraying the inside of the conveyor without lifting the belt. Nose bar idler ends (optional) are available in /2", " & 7/8" for small product transfers. Belt lifters (optional) lift belt from wear strips / bed plate by simply pulling an external lever for fast access and effective cleaning. Belt scraper (optional) removes build up and adjusts easily for each application. Features tool-less disassembly/ assembly for cleaning of parts. Solid bed plate (optional) is stainless steel and locates on UHMW strips for delicate / fragile products. Tool-less Quick Removal Pulleys OPTIONAL: Belt Scraper UHMW blade removes build-up and is easily adjusted. OPTIONAL: Bed Plates Provides continuous support for delicate product (dry applications only) Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands and accessories, see pages Note: Proper conveyor application, cleaning and sanitation is the responsibility of the end user. When required, Dorner can passivate conveyors or provide most materials in 6 or 6L stainless steel. 62 For ordering information, see page 8

163 AquaPruf 7600 Series Flat Belt Center Drive Sanitary Options: Center Drive Model R0.25 (R6) 6.00 (52) Nose Bar Bed Plate Belt Lifter Frame Cutouts W+.77 (45) 5.56 (4) /2" Nose Bar Tail Position A R0.50 (R) 6.00 (52) W+6.4 (6) FLOW W 5.56 (4) " Nose Bar Tail When ordered with a Gearmotor Mounting Package the bearing shaft is replaced with the Gearmotor Mounting bracket. Position D.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH /4" KEYWAY 8.9 (226) R0.94 (R24) 6.00 (52) 5.56 (4) 7/8" Nose Bar Tail Drive Shaft Position L (at initial factory belt tension) 6.00 (52) 6.00 (52) W+.50 () a D 9.7 (247) 2.27 (2) 5.56 (4) Nose Bar Pulley Application Market /2 7 /8 STANDARD SIZES.76 (299) Conveyor Width Reference increments up to Conveyor Belt Width (W) 6 (52mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to (,524mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L) 48 (,29mm) (25mm) increments up to (2,92mm) W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) Medical Pharmaceutical Personal Care Bakery Confectionery Snack Foods Ready-To-Eat Meat/Fish/Poultry Dairy x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 6

164 7600 Series: Cleated Belt End Drive Specifications: Load: 20 lbs/square foot of belt (90 kg/m 2 ) Belt Widths: 6 (52 mm) to 24 (60 mm) Lengths: 6 (94 mm) to 40 (2.2 m) Belt speed: 28 ft/min maximum (00 m/min).5 (89 mm) diameter drive roller with cast-on Urethane lagging UHMW Wear strip bed plate Continuous TIG welded 04 stainless steel frame Cleat Height available from mm to 60 mm #4 Polish on all outside surfaces Bearing material is 400 stainless steel Bearing lubricant is H type FDA lubricant FDA approved belting and plastic components Features & Benefits: Frame is designed with no horizontal surfaces for optimum cleaning. Conveyors over 0 (,048 mm) long consist of multiple sections which are bolted together. Bearings are mounted in cast stainless steel housings for maximum performance in washdown environments. Belt tensioning mechanism uses Acme threads for easy cleaning and is externally mounted to the frame with adequate clearances for cleaning. The tool-less tip up pulley allows conveyor end to be lifted easily for quick access to inside of conveyor for cleaning. Conveyor is designed to withstand high pressure (00-,500 psi) spray and chlorinated solutions. Return Belt Supports are 4" UHMW Rollers and are easily removed without tools for effective cleaning. Drive spindle is Cast-On Urethane Lagging for increased load capacity. Spindle has groove for V-guided belts for optimum performance. Frame cut-outs (optional) are available to allow spraying the inside of the conveyor without lifting the belt. Belt lifters (optional) lift belt from wear strips / bed plate by simply pulling an external lever for fast access and effective cleaning. Sidewall Cleated Belt OPTIONAL: Motorized Pulley For fast and effective sanitation Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands and accessories, see pages Note: Proper conveyor application, cleaning and sanitation is the responsibility of the end user. When required, Dorner can passivate conveyors or provide most materials in 6 or 6L stainless steel. 64 For ordering information, see page 84

165 AquaPruf 7600 Series Cleated Belt End Drive Sanitary Options: Cleated End Drive Model Frame Cutouts Belt Lifter Motorized Pulley W W+.77 (45) Position A W-2.82 (72) W-4.57 (6) (Pocket Width) W+6.4 (6) FLOW W C Sidewall Cleated Belt When ordered with a Gearmotor Mounting Package the bearing shaft is replaced with the Gearmotor Mounting bracket. Position D 8.64 (29) C= 6.74 (7) for W or Y cleats 7.5 (9) for X or Z cleats.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH /4" KEYWAY 6.00 (52) L (at initial factory belt tension) 6.00 (52) W W-2.55 (65) (Pocket Width) 5.56 (4) STANDARD SIZES.8 (46).62 (92) Conveyor Width Reference increments up to Conveyor Belt Width (W) 6 (52mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to (60mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L) 6 (94mm) (25mm) increments up to (2,92mm) A = 6.56 (67) for A or J cleats 7. (8) for B, K, P or S cleats 7.92 (20) for C, L, Q or T cleats 5.99 (52) for G or M cleats 6.5 (6) for N or R cleats A B B = 7.6 (82) for A, G, J, M, N or R cleats 8.66 (220) for B, C, K, L, P, Q, S or T cleats W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) Drive Shaft Position A B C D Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 65

166 7600 Series: Z-Frame Flat Belt End Drive Specifications: Load: 20 lbs/square foot of belt (90 kg/m 2 ) Belt Widths: 6 (52 mm) to 24 (60 mm) Section Lengths: 24 (60 mm) to 20 (6. m) Total Conveyor Lengths: up to 8' (.6 m) Belt speed: 2 ft/min maximum (7 m/min) 5, 0 and 5 Fixed Angle Modules standard.5 (89 mm) diameter drive roller with cast-on Urethane lagging UHMW Wear strip bed plate Continuous TIG welded 04 stainless steel frame #4 Polish on all outside surfaces Bearing material is 400 stainless steel Bearing lubricant is H type FDA lubricant FDA approved belting and plastic components Features & Benefits: Frame is designed with no horizontal surfaces for optimum cleaning. Conveyors over 0 (,048 mm) long consist of multiple sections which are bolted together. Bearings are mounted in cast stainless steel housings for maximum performance in washdown environments. Belt tensioning mechanism uses Acme threads for easy cleaning and is externally mounted to the frame with adequate clearances for cleaning. The tool-less tip up pulley allows conveyor end to be lifted easily for quick access to inside of conveyor for cleaning. Conveyor is designed to withstand high pressure (00-,500 psi) spray and chlorinated solutions. Return Belt Supports are 4" UHMW Rollers and are easily removed without tools for effective cleaning. Drive spindle is Cast-On Urethane Lagging for increased load capacity. Spindle has groove for V-guided belts for optimum performance. Frame cut-outs (optional) are available to allow spraying the inside of the conveyor without lifting the belt. Nose bar idler ends (optional) are available in " and 7/8" for small product transfers. Belt lifters (optional) lift belt from wear strips / bed plate by simply pulling an external lever for fast access and effective cleaning. Belt scraper (optional) removes build up and adjusts easily for each application. Features tool-less disassembly/assembly for cleaning of parts. Solid bed plate (optional) is stainless steel and locates on UHMW strips for delicate / fragile products. OPTIONAL: Belt Scraper UHMW blade removes build-up and is easily adjusted. Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands and accessories, see pages Note: Proper conveyor application, cleaning and sanitation is the responsibility of the end user. When required, Dorner can passivate conveyors or provide most materials in 6 or 6L stainless steel. 66 For ordering information, see page 85

167 AquaPruf 7600 Series Z-frame Flat Belt End Drive Flat Belt End Drive Model W+.77 (45) Position A FLOW W R0.50 (R) W+6.4 (6) When ordered with a Gearmotor Mounting Package the bearing shaft is replaced with the Gearmotor Mounting bracket. Position D 8.64 (29) 5.56 (4) " Nose Bar Tail.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH /4" KEYWAY R0.94 (R24) 5.56 (4) 7/8" Nose Bar Tail 7600 Flat Belt Available in 5, 0 and 5 Angles 6.00 (52) 5.56 (4) W+.50 () Angle.62 (92).8 (46) W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to Conveyor Belt Width (W) 6 (52mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to (60mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L) 24 (60mm) (25mm) increments up to (,582mm) Sanitary Options: Nose Bar Bed Plate Belt Lifter Frame Cutouts Motorized Pulley 6.00 (52) 6.00 (52) Drive Shaft Position A B C D Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. Nose Bar Pulley Application Market 7 /8 DOC002 Medical Pharmaceutical Personal Care Bakery Confectionery Snack Foods Ready-To-Eat Meat/Fish/Poultry Dairy x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 67

168 7600 Series: Z-frame Cleated Belt End Drive Specifications: Load: 20 lbs/square foot of belt (90 kg/m 2 ) Belt Widths: 6 (52 mm) to 24 (60 mm) Section Lengths: 24 (60 mm) to 20 (6. m) Total Conveyor Lengths: up to 8' (.6 m) Belt speed: 2 ft/min maximum (7 m/min) 0, 45 and 60 Fixed Angle Modules standards.5 (89 mm) diameter drive roller with cast-on Urethane lagging UHMW Wear strip bed plate Cleat Height available from mm to 60 mm Continuous TIG welded 04 stainless steel frame #4 Polish on all outside surfaces Bearing material is 400 stainless steel Bearing lubricant is H type FDA lubricant FDA approved belting and plastic components Features & Benefits: Frame is designed with no horizontal surfaces for optimum cleaning. Conveyors over 0 (,048 mm) long consist of multiple sections which are bolted together. Bearings are mounted in cast stainless steel housings for maximum performance in washdown environments. Belt tensioning mechanism uses Acme threads for easy cleaning and is externally mounted to the frame with adequate clearances for cleaning. The tool-less tip up pulley allows conveyor end to be lifted easily for quick access to inside of conveyor for cleaning. Conveyor is designed to withstand high pressure (00-,500 psi) spray and chlorinated solutions. Return Belt Supports are 4" UHMW Rollers and are easily removed without tools for effective cleaning. Drive spindle is Cast-On Urethane Lagging for increased load capacity. Spindle has groove for V-guided belts for optimum performance. Frame cut-outs (optional) are available to allow spraying the inside of the conveyor without lifting the belt. Belt lifters (optional) lift belt from wear strips / bed plate by simply pulling an external lever for fast access and effective cleaning. Belt scraper (optional) removes build up and adjusts easily for each application. Features tool-less disassembly/assembly for cleaning of parts. Solid bed plate (optional) is stainless steel and locates on UHMW strips for delicate / fragile products Sidewall Cleated Belt Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands and accessories, see pages Note: Proper conveyor application, cleaning and sanitation is the responsibility of the end user. When required, Dorner can passivate conveyors or provide most materials in 6 or 6L stainless steel. 68 For ordering information, see page 85

169 AquaPruf 7600 Series Z-frame Cleated Belt End Drive Sanitary Options: Cleated Belt end Drive Model Frame Cutouts Belt Lifter Motorized Pulley Drive Shaft Position A B C D W W+6.4 (6) W+.77 (45) Position A W-2.82 (72) W-4.57 (6) (Pocket Width) FLOW W Sidewall Cleated Belt C Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. When ordered with a Gearmotor Mounting Package the bearing shaft is replaced with the Gearmotor Mounting bracket. Position D 8.64 (29) C= 6.74 (7) for W or Y cleats 7.5 (9) for X or Z cleats Configurations available.00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH /4" KEYWAY W+.50 () 6.00 (52).62 (92) W-2.55 (65) (Pocket Width) 5.56 (4) B A Horizontal to Incline.8 (46) 6.00 (52) Angle 7600 Cleated Belt Available in 0, 45 and 60 Angles B= 7.6 (82) for A, G, J, M, N or R cleats 8.66 (220) for B, C, K, L, P, Q, S or T cleats A= 6.56 (67) for A or J cleats 7. (8) for B, K, P or S cleats 7.92 (20) for C, L, Q or T cleats 5.99 (52) for G or M cleats 6.5 (6) for N or R cleats Nose-over W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to Conveyor Belt Width (W) 6 (52mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to (60mm) Z-frame Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L) 24 (60mm) (25mm) increments up to (,582mm) For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 69

170 7600 Series: Profiles Flat Belt Profiles W+.50 () W+.50 () 5.50 (40) W+.77 (45) 6.69 (70) W+.77 (45) Profile Low Side Profile 2 (25) High Side W+.8 (0) W-.48 (8) 8.67 (220) W+.77 (45) Profile 4 " (76) High Side Cleated Belt Profiles W+.70 (4) W+. () W-2.55 (65) W-2.55 (65) 8.67 (220) 7.6 (82) W+.77 (45) W+.77 (45) Profile for Cleat Types A, G, J, M, N & R Profile for Cleat Types B, C, K, L, P, Q, S & T Easy Removal of Profiles Several of our profile options include solid UHMW strips which are easily removed from the conveyor for sanitation by pulling pins on each end. All pins are tethered to the frame to aide in sanitation. 70

171 7600 Series: Standard Flat Belting Wet applications are limited to specialty belt types 54, 55, 69 and 70 only! /2 Nose Bar belts for transfer of very small food product See belt types 05 and 09 below. Standard Belt Selection Guide Standard belt material is stocked at Dorner, then cut & spliced at the factory for fast conveyor shipment. Belt Type - Finger Splice Belt Type - Plastic Clipper Belt Type - Metal Clipper** Belt Specifications Thickness Surface Material Carcass Material Maximum Part Temp. Coefficient of Friction /2 () Nose Bar Compatible FDA Approved Anti-Static Static Conductive Chemical Resistant Special Characteristics or Applications 0 A A FDA Accumulation 0.06 (.6) Urethane Polyester 76 F (80 C) Low x x Good Packaging, clean room & inspection 02 A2 2A General Purpose 0.07 (.8) Urethane Polyester 22 F (00 C) Med x x Good Most versatile belt offering 0 A A FDA High Friction 0.06 (.6) Urethane Polyester 76 F (80 C) High x x Good Packaging, clean room & inspection 05 A5 5A Accumulation (.2) Urethane Polyester 22 F (00 C) V-Low x x x Good Accumulation of products 06 A6 6A Electrically Conductive 0.06 (.6) Urethane Polyester 76 F (80 C) Low x x Good Electronics Handling 08 A8 8A High Friction 0.08 (2.) PVC Polyester 58 F (70 C) V-High x Poor Conveys up to 5 inclines* 09 Nose Bar High Friction (.4) Urethane Polyester 22 F (00 C) High x x Good Nose Bar Applications Note: See below for splice details. Plastic Clipper splice requires longer lead times. No Metal Clipper Splice on belts over 48 (,29 mm) wide. *Incline varies due to factors like dust, fluids and part material. **Metal Clipper splices are not sanitary. BELT SPLICING Finger Splice All belts are available with a standard Thermoformed finger splice. This splice makes the belt continuous and is virtually undetectable. Splice bonding methods vary by belt type. Consult factory for details. Plastic Clipper*** An optional plastic clipper splice is available for quick removal of belts or when conveyors are installed in tight spaces. Metal Clipper*** An optional metal clipper splice is also available for quick removal of belts or when conveyors are installed in tight spaces. (Not Sanitary) *** See belt charts for compatibility. Not for use with belt scraper. Plastic and metal clippers are slightly thicker than base belt. Contact factory for details. 7

172 7600 Series: Specialty Flat Belting Wet applications are limited to specialty belt types 54, 55, 69 and 70 only! Solid Urethane belt for added sanitary protection See belt type 70 below. High Release Cover belt for handling sticky food such as raw dough See belt type 7 below. /2 Nose Bar belts for transfer of very small food product See belt types 60, 6 and 72 below. Specialty Belt Selection Guide Specialty belt material is not stocked at Dorner and needs to be custom ordered for your special conveyor needs. Belt Type - Finger Splice Belt Type - Plastic Clipper Belt Type - Metal Clipper** Belt Specifications Belt Thickness Surface Material Maximum Part Temp. Coefficient of Friction /2 () Nose Bar Compatible FDA Approved Chemical Resistance Moisture Resistance Special Characteristics or Applications 54 F4 4F FDA Sealed Edge 0.06 (.5) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Low x Good Good 55 F5 5F FDA Sealed Edge 0.06 (.5) Urethane 76 F (80 C) High x Good Good Packaging, clean room & inspection, wet environment Packaging, clean room & inspection, wet environment 56 6F Cut Resistant 0.08 (2.) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Med. Good Poor Oily product release, Metal stamping 57 7F Cut Resistant 0.0 (2.5) Nitrile 76 F (80 C) Med. Poor Poor Felt-like, dry metal stamping, glass & ceramic 59 F9 9F Color Contrasting 0.06 (.5) PVC 58 F (70 C) Med. Poor Poor Black colored, hides overspray from ink jet 60 G0 0G Color Contrasting 0.05 (.2) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Low x x Good Poor Green colored, Nose Bar 6 G G Color Contrasting 0.05 (.2) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Low x x Good Poor Blue colored, Nose Bar 6 G Electrically Conductive 0.05 (.2) Urethane 40 F (60 C) Low Good Poor Static conductive, electronics handling 64 4G High Friction 0.7 (4.4) PVC 94 F (90 C) V-High Poor Poor 65 5G Chemical Resistant 0.05 (.2) Polypropylene 248 F (20 C) Low x V-Good Poor Dark Green colored, rough top surface, product cushioning, incline / decline apps Very good cut resistance, excellent product release 66 6G Chemical Resistant 0.07 (.7) Polyester 22 F (00 C) Med. x V-Good Poor Good Cut resistance, metal stamping apps 67 7G Low Friction Cleated 0.06 (.6) Polyester 22 F (00 C) n/a x Good Poor Excellent product release, consult factory for part number and how to specify low friction 68 G8 FDA Encased* 0.08 (2.0) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Low x Good V-Good Urethane Enclosed for added sanitary protection 69 G9 FDA Encased* 0.08 (2.0) Urethane 22 F (00 C) High x Good V-Good Urethane Enclosed for added sanitary protection 70 Solid Urethane 0.0 (2.5) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Med. x Good V-Good USDA Approved, wet applications 7 High Release Cover 0.07 (.7) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Low x Good Poor Raw dough or sticky food product 72 Nose Bar Low Friction No Metal Clipper Splice on belts over 48 (,29 mm) wide. * Not available in 2 (5 mm) wide. **Metal Clipper splices are not sanitary (.2) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Low x x Good Poor Nose Bar Applications

173 7600 Series: Standard Cleated Belting.05 typ. (.4).00 (25).57 (40) 2.6 (60).4 () * = Maximum 7 conveyor length for 8 and wider conveyors ** = Maximum 20 (508 mm) cleat spacing for 7 and longer conveyors.5 typ. I** (9) II** III** IV* Note: Minimum cleat spacing is approximately 2 (50 mm). Consult Factory. Standard Cleated Belting Part No. Base Belt Belt Thickness, in (mm) Belt Surface Material Cleat Height, in (mm) Cleat Material Max. Part Temp. FDA Approved Chemical Resistance Moisture Resistance Illustration A High Friction (.4) Urethane.00 (25) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Poor I B High Friction (.4) Urethane.57 (40) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Poor II C High Friction (.4) Urethane 2.6 (60) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Poor III G High Friction (.4) Urethane 0.4 () Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Poor IV J Low Friction 0.06 (.6) Urethane.00 (25) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Yes Good Poor I K Low Friction 0.06 (.6) Urethane.57 (40) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Yes Good Poor II L Low Friction 0.06 (.6) Urethane 2.6 (60) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Yes Good Poor III M Low Friction 0.06 (.6) Urethane 0.4 () Urethane 22 F (00 C) Yes Good Poor IV Cleat Spacing x x-.7 (4) tolerance + _.08 (2) Steps: ) Refer to Formulas below 2) Use formula to determine the approximate number of cleats required based upon the desired cleat spacing. Since a partial cleat cannot be used, round the number of cleats up or down ) Use formula 2 to get the cleat space reference for the conveyor part number Formula Number of Cleats = Example Using a 6 long conveyor and 6 cleat spacing (Conveyor Length in feet x 24) (6 x 24) Number of Cleats = = Desired cleat spacing in inches (x) 6 6 = 24 Cleats (rounded) Formula 2 Cleat Space Reference (x) = Example Using a 6 long conveyor and 24 cleats (Conveyor Length in feet x 24) Cleat Spacing in (6 x 24) = Number of Cleats from Formula inches (x) = 24 cleats 24 = 6.7 or 067 Cleat Reference W+.70 (4) W+. () W-2.55 (65) W-2.55 (65) 8.67 (220) 7.6 (82) W+.77 (45) W+.77 (45) Profile for Cleat Type I & IV Profile for Cleat Types II & III 7

174 7600 Series: Specialty Cleated Belting W = Conveyor Belt Width* 0.22 (5.50) TYP (20.00).57 (40.00) 2.6 (60.00) A = Pocket Width A = W (6) W a 0.4 (0.50) I** II** III** IV * = Maximum 7 conveyor length for 8 and wider conveyors ** = Maximum 20 (508 mm) cleat spacing for 7 and longer conveyors Note: Minimum cleat spacing is approximately 2 (50 mm). Consult Factory. Cleat Height (see chart) Specialty Cleated Belting Part No. Base Belt Belt Thickness, in (mm) Belt Surface Material Cleat Height, in (mm) Cleat Material Max. Part Temp. FDA Approved Chemical Resistance Moisture Resistance Illustration N Sealed Edge 0.06 (.5) Urethane 0.79 (20) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Good I P Sealed Edge 0.06 (.5) Urethane.57 (40) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Good II Cleated Sidewall Cleated Q Sealed Edge 0.06 (.5) Urethane 2.6 (60) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Good III R Encased 0.08 (2.0) Urethane 0.79 (20) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Yes Good Very Good I S Encased 0.08 (2.0) Urethane.57 (40) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Yes Good Very Good II T Encased 0.08 (2.0) Urethane 2.6 (60) Urethane 22 F (00 C) Yes Good Very Good III U Standard 0.06 (.5) Urethane.8 (0) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Poor IV V Standard 0.06 (.5) Urethane.97 (50) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Poor IV W Sealed Edge 0.06 (.5) Urethane.8 (0) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Good IV X Sealed Edge 0.06 (.5) Urethane.97 (50) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Good IV Y Encased 0.06 (.5) Urethane.8 (0) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Very Good IV Z Encased 0.06 (.5) Urethane.97 (50) Urethane 76 F (80 C) Yes Good Very Good IV Cleat Spacing x x -.22 (5.5) tolerance + _.08 (2) W Steps: W-2.82 (72) W-4.57 (6) (Pocket Width) ) Refer to 7600 Series Formulas on the previous page. 2) Use formula to determine the approximate number of cleats required based upon the desired cleat spacing. Since a partial cleat cannot be used, round the number of cleats up or down ) Use formula 2 to get the cleat space reference for the conveyor part number 74 C = 6.74 (7) for Type I cleats 7.5 (9) for Type II cleats 8. (2) for Type III cleats

175 7600 Series: Gearmotor Mounting Packages Gearmotor Mounting Package & Gearmotor Selection Steps Step : Step 2: Step : Select a Gearmotor Mounting Package (see below). Locate the appropriate gearmotor chart (pages 76-77) in terms of Painted vs. Stainless Steel and Fixed Speed vs. Variable Speed. Use the Belt Speed Column to locate the Part Number for your desired Gearmotor. Drive Shaft Position A B C D Horizontal Side Drive Mount W+5.99 (52) W 7.58 (9) SIDE VIEW.20 (8) TOP VIEW 5.90 (50) 4. (0).4 (6) 2.28 (58) Vertical Side Drive Mount 2.28 (58).4 (6) 6.8 (7) TOP VIEW SIDE VIEW.56 (90) 5.90 (50) W W+5.99 (52) Center Drive Mount 2.05 (06) W+5.99 (52) W SIDE VIEW 7.95 (202) END VIEW 4.09 (04) 7. (86) Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. For ordering information, see page 86 75

176 7600 Series: Gearmotors Standard Load, FIXED Speed Chart Painted Gearmotor Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant FDA Approved Stainless Painted Gear Box FDA Approved White Epoxy Painted Motor UL and CSA Approved Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Order optional Manual Motor Starter separately, see page Hp 20 / 460 Volts, Phase.0 &.5 HP / 460 Volts, Phase 7.[8].8[97] 9.05[20] 5.74[46] 4.00[02] 2.29[58] 2.8[72].75[44] E Single Phase Only 7.52[9] 6.7[70] E=7.48[444] for.5 HP MOTORS, PHASE 6.50[49] for.5 HP MOTORS, PHASE 7.5[445] for HP MOTORS 8.8[467] for.5 HP MOTORS Part Number 74M080HS4(vp)FN 74M060HS4(vp)FN 74M040HS4(vp)FN 74M00HS4(vp)FN 74M020HS4(vp)FN 74M05HS4(vp)FN 74M00HS4(vp)FN 74M007HS4(vp)FN 74M005HS4(vp)FN Belt Speed Phase Phase RPM Ft/min m/min Hp kw FLA Hp kw FLA n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 6.8 / / /.7-.4 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a / / / / / / / / / 2. (vp) = voltage and Phase = 5 / , Phase 2 = 0.5 HP: 20 / 460 Volts, Phase;.0 &.5 HP: / 460 Volts, Phase in.-lbs Nm Chart 2 Stainless Steel Gearmotor Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant Stainless Steel Gear Box and Motor UL and CSA Approved /2 HP is Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated and /2 HP are Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled / 460 V, Phase Order optional Manual Motor Starter separately, see page Hp 20 / 460 V, Phase.0 &.5 HP / 460 Volts, Phase A.8[97] B 5.62[4] 2.29[58] A=7.7[82] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.9[88] for &.5 HP MOTORS B=8.97[228] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.6[2] for &.5 HP MOTORS 2.8[72] 7.52[9].75[95] D.75[44] C C=6.54[420] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.2[488] for &.5 HP MOTORS D=6.7[70] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.6[82] for &.5 HP MOTORS Part Number Belt Speed Phase RPM Ft/min m/min Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 74M080HZS42FN 74M060HZS42FN 74M040HZS42FN 74M00HZS42FN 74M020HZS42FN / / / / / / / / / / M05HZS42FN 74M00HZS42FN 74M007HZS42FN 74M007HZS42FN / / / / / / / / FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm) 76 HIGHLIGHT Highlighted gearmotors are not available with 0.5" ( mm) diameter Nose Bar Idler tail option. Maximum 0.5" Nose Bar speed is 8 ft/min (24.7 m/min)

177 7600 Series: Gearmotors Standard Load, Variable Speed Chart Painted Gearmotor Variable Frequency Drive, 6 to 60 Hz Phase Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant FDA Approved Stainless Painted Gear Box FDA Approved White Epoxy Painted Motor UL and CSA Approved Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Order Control Separately, see page 78 7.[8].8[97] 9.05[20] 5.74[46] 4.00[02] 2.29[58] 2.8[72].75[44] 7.52[9] E E=6.50[49] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.5[445] for HP MOTORS 8.8[467] for.5 HP MOTORS 6.7[70] Part Number Belt Speed Phase RPM Ft/min m/min Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 74M080HS42EN 74M060HS42EN 74M040HS42EN 74M00HS42EN 74M020HS42EN 2 to 20 to 27 5 to 4 6 to 54 9 to to to 8.2. to to to / / / / / / / / / / M05HS42EN 74M00HS42EN 74M007HS42EN 74M007HS42EN 2 to 09 8 to 64 2 to 28 to 28.6 to.2 5. to to to / / / / / / / / Chart 4 Stainless Steel Gearmotor Variable Frequency Drive, 6 to 60 Hz Phase Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant Stainless Steel Gear Box Stainless Steel Motor UL and CSA Approved /2 HP is Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated and /2 HP are Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled Order Control Separately, see page 78 A.8[97] B 5.62[4] 2.29[58] A=7.7[82] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.9[88] for &.5 HP MOTORS B=8.97[228] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.6[2] for &.5 HP MOTORS 2.8[72] 7.52[9].75[95] D.75[44] C C=6.54[420] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.2[488] for &.5 HP MOTORS D=6.7[70] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.6[82] for &.5 HP MOTORS Part Number Belt Speed Phase RPM Ft/min m/min Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 74M080HZS42EN 74M060HZS42EN 74M040HZS42EN 74M00HZS42EN 74M020HZS42EN 2 to 20 to 27 5 to 4 6 to 54 9 to to to 8.2. to to to / / / / / / / / / / M05HZS42EN 74M00HZS42EN 74M007HZS42EN 74M005HZS42EN 2 to 09 8 to 64 2 to 28 to 28.6 to.2 5. to to to / / / / / / / / FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm) HIGHLIGHT Highlighted gearmotors are not available with 0.5" ( mm) diameter Nose Bar Idler tail option. Maximum 0.5" Nose Bar speed is 8 ft/min (24.7 m/min) 77

178 7600 Series: COntrols Variable Speed Controller Chart A Variable Speed Controllers Variable Frequency Drive Nema 4X Enclosure Stainless steel enclosure and mounting hardware Digital Display Keypad with Start/Stop and Speed variation Includes cord to motor Power to controller by others UL Approved & Phase don t include plug/cord set 0. (260) 6. (60) 8.0 (20) 4.5 (4) 8.8 (222) Part Number 74MV22S 74MV222S 74MV2S 74MV22S 74MV44S 74MV227S 74MV227S 74MV447S Input Output Volts Phase Hz Volts Phase Max Hp Max Amps A (width) B (depth) (200) 6. (55) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200) 6. (55) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200).8 (96) 4.4 (2) 4.9 (24) 4.9 (24) 4.4 (2) 4.9 (24) 4.9 (24) 4.9 (24) Manual Motor Starter Chart B Manual Motor Starter Nema 4X Plastic Enclosure Stainless Steel mounting hardware IP 66 Start / Stop Switch Lock out tag out capable Power to Starter by others No plug/cord set included.00[25] 8.78[22] 5.0[28] 8.09[205] 7.00[78] 8.6[29] 7.44[89] 6.26[59] Part Number 74MMF 74MM2D 74MM2A 74MM2B 74MM2C 74MM2D 74MM2E 74MM4A 74MM4B 74MM4C 74MM4D FLA = Full Load Amperes Input Volts Phase Hz FLA

179 7600 Series: Support Stands WW Horizontal Mount Version Support Stand Quantity Chart Horizontal Mount Version for direct conveyor mounting, conveyor must be level (Mount directly to conveyor) Foot self-aligns 0 for sloped floors +/- 2 height adjustment All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Incline Mount Version for angled conveyor applications Sanitary Support Stands do not require mounting brackets 7600 Series Straight Conveyors Conveyor Length Number of Supports 6 (0.8m) - 2 (.4m) 2 (.4m) (6.4m) 25 (6.4m) - 72 (9.4m) 4 7 (9.5m) (2.2m) 5 Straight Conveyor Fixed Foot Model Conveyor Width 6 (52) 8 (20) 0 (254) 2 (05) 4 2 (5) increments up to (56) (,524) WW Part # Reference increments up to HM Horizontal Mount HM AM BM Stand Width 5.85 (40) 7.85 (45) 9.85 (504) 2.85 (555) (5) increments up to (594) (,762) Top of Belt Height 9-2 (48-584) (25) increments up to (,778-,880) HH Part # Reference increments up to Stand Width 7.8 (452) 9.8 (50) 2.8 (554) 2.8 (605) (5) increments up to (655) (,82) Top of Belt Height 9-2 (48-584) (25) increments up to (,778-,880) HH Part # Reference increments up to Stand Width 0.25 (260) 2.25 () 4.25 (62) 6.25 (4) (5) increments up to (464) (,62) Top of Belt Height -7 (0-42) or 6-20 ( ) HH Part # Reference 7 or 620 Straight Conveyor Swivel Locking Caster Model* AM Incline Mount HM Conveyor Width 6 (52) 8 (20) 0 (254) 2 (05) 4 2 (5) increments up to (56) (,524) WW Part # Reference increments up to Stand Width 5.85 (40) 7.85 (45) 9.85 (504) 2.85 (555) (5) increments up to (594) (,762) Top of Belt Height (60-7) (25) increments up to (,778-,880) HH Part # Reference increments up to BM Bracket Mount AM BM Stand Width 7.8 (452) 9.8 (50) 2.8 (554) 2.8 (605) (5) increments up to (655) (,82) Top of Belt Height (60-7) (25) increments up to (,778-,880) HH Part # Reference increments up to Stand Width 0.25 (260) 2.25 () 4.25 (62) 6.25 (4) (5) increments up to (464) (,62) Top of Belt Height 8-22 ( ) or 2-25 (55-65) HH Part # Reference 822 or 225 Note: HH is to Conveyor Top of Belt. * Some caster model support stands are equipped with integrated outriggers. Contact factory for details. Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. For ordering information, see page 87 79

180 7600 Series: Support stands QR Quick Release Mount Quick Release Support Stands Fast belt removal with No Tools Required No more removing stands to change belts Require the use of the two (2 per stand) included Type Sanitary Floor Anchors (see below for details) Use stand quantity chart from page 79 Quick Release Support Stands QR Conveyor Width 6 (52) 8 (20) 0 (254) 2 (05) 4 2 (5) increments up to... 6 (56) (94) WW Part # Reference increments up to... 6 Stand Width 2.6 (20) 4.6 (7) 6.6 (422) 8.6 (472) (5) increments up to (468) (,027) Top of Belt Height 9-2 (48-584) (25) increments up to (,778-,880) HH Part # Reference increments up to Note: HH is to Conveyor Top of Belt. The Quick Release Stands require the use of Floor Anchors (see below). Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. Tall Support Stands Fixed Foot Model Conveyor Width 4 (02) 6 (52) 8 in 2 (5mm) increments up to (20) (,524) WW Part # Reference in 02 increments up to Stand Width at Foot * Top of Belt (Minimum) 7 (,80) Top of Belt (Maximum) 75 (,905) 72 (,829) 76 (,90) (0.26)(HH max) + (WW + 6) inches 7 in (25mm) increments up to (,854) (2,4) 77 in (25mm) increments up to (,956) (2,55) HHHH Part Number in 0 increments up to All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Has +/- 2 of adjustment Fixed Foot self aligns 0 for sloped floors Horizontal Mount Version for Direct Level Conveyor Mounting Incline Mount Version for angled conveyor applications Includes Diagonal Brace for stability Tall Support Stands require the use of floor anchors HM AM * Width dimension is nominal dimension for space claim purposes only. For detail dimension, contact factory. Horizontal Mount Tall Stand Horizontal Mount Adjustable Mount Low Height Support stands Fixed Foot Model Top of Belt (Minimum) 7 (78) 9 (229) Top of Belt (Maximum) (279) (0) HHHH Part # Reference Stand Width at Foot * WW (267mm) Swivel Locking Caster Model All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Has +/- 2 of adjustment Fixed Foot self aligns 0 for sloped floors Caster is swivel locking Horizontal conveyor mounts only * Width dimension is nominal dimension for space claim purposes only. For detail dimension, contact factory. Conveyor Width 4 (02) 6 (52) 8 (20) in 2 (5mm) increments up to (,524) WW Part # Reference in 02 increments up to Swivel Locking Caster Model Stand Width at Caster * 22 (559) 24 (60) 26 (660) in 2 (5mm) increments up to (,98) Top of Belt (Minimum) 2 (05) 4 (56) 6 (406) Top of Belt (Maximum) 6 (406) 8 (457) 20 (508) HHHH Part Number Note: Dimensions = in (mm) 80 For ordering information, see page 87

181 7600 Series: Support Stands & ACcessories Sanitary Floor Anchor Kits Type Sanitary Floor Anchor Kit /8 (0 mm) x.57 (40 mm) drop in Stainless Steel Anchor is flush with floor upon removal of bolt Two (2) per anchor kit Part No. FAS- Type 2 Sanitary Floor Anchor Kit /8 (0 mm) x 2 /4 (70 mm) Stainless Steel Threaded anchor bolt protrudes above floor after installation Two (2) per anchor kit Part No. FAS-2 Horizontal Ceiling Supports All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Includes a pair of mounting brackets and hardware for support on both sides of conveyor Compatible with /2 threaded support rod provided by others Part No. 9HCS Adjustable Angle Ceiling Supports All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Includes a pair of mounting brackets and hardware for support on both sides of conveyor Compatible with /2 threaded support rod provided by others Mounting block pivots to support incline mounts from 0 to 60 Part No. 9ACS Accessories Motorized Pulley 04 stainless steel for durability in tough applications Sealed drum motor is ideal for heavy duty washdown applications Pulley locating supports allow for fast removal and relocating for sanitation No fasteners are used to locate sprockets on motorized pulley Innovative sprocket locating key way allows for fast and effective sanitation For full details, see 7400 section, page 40 MOTORIZED PULLEY TAIL For ordering information, see page 86 Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 8

182 7600 Series: Part Number Reference 7600 SERIES: FLAT BELT END DRIVE 7 6 M WW - LLL S S C D G BB MP Motorized Pulley (Optional Parameter) MP = With Motorized Pulley Blank = No Motorized Pulley Belt Type Guiding: = Low Side =.5 High Side 2 = High Side 4 = High Side Tail Types / Drive Shaft Position: *** A = Standard Tail / Position A J = Nose Bar / Position A B = Standard Tail / Position B K = Nose Bar / Position B C = Standard Tail / Position C L = Nose Bar / Position C D = Standard Tail / Position D M = Nose Bar / Position D E = /2 Nose Bar / Position A N = 7/8 Nose Bar / Position A F = /2 Nose Bar / Position B O = 7/8 Nose Bar / Position B G = /2 Nose Bar / Position C P = 7/8 Nose Bar / Position C H = /2 Nose Bar / Position D Q = 7/8 Nose Bar / Position D Cleaning Options: ** Drive Shaft Position A B C D Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. 0 = None F = Belt Lifters & Discharge Scraper - Primary Position A = Access Windows G = Belt Lifters & Discharge Scraper - Secondary Position B = Belt Lifters H = Access Windows & Discharge Scraper - Primary Position C = Access Windows & Belt Lifters J = Access Windows & Discharge Scraper - Secondary Position D = Discharge Scraper - Primary Position K = Access Windows, Belt Lifters & Discharge Scraper - Primary Position E = Discharge Scraper - Secondary Position L = Access Windows, Belt Lifters & Discharge Scraper - Secondary Position Idler End Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from idler end with braces B = 2 from idler end H = 8 from idler end with braces C = 8 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 0 from idler end with braces E = 0 from idler end M = 6 from idler end with braces F = 6 from idler end Drive End Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from drive end with braces B = 2 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 0 from drive end with braces E = 0 from drive end M = 6 from drive end with braces F = 6 from drive end Length: Belt Width: Language: M = English, U = CE English Bed & V-Guide: 6 = Wear Strip bed with V-Guided belt 5 = Stainless Steel bed with V-Guided belt A = Wear Strip bed with Non V-Guided belt B = Stainless Steel bed with Non V-Guided belt Example: 76M0084CBJJ0 Description: AquaPruf 7600 Series End Drive sanitary straight conveyor with v-guide belt tracking, 0 (254mm) wide belt x 7 (24mm) long, output shaft in position A with UHMW wear strip belt support, belt scraper in the secondary position, (25mm) idler nose bar pulley, low side profile and type 0 standard high friction belt with fused finger splice. Configured to have Dorner sanitary support stands 8 (457mm) from drive end and 2 (05mm) from idler end. Requires a Dorner gearmotor mounting package. Conveyor sections longer than (,5 mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. *Stand location may be dependent upon conveyor length. **Infeed scrapers available as a special capability. ***Additional tail configurations are available as a special capability. 82 These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to

183 7600 Series: Part Number Reference 7600 SERIES: FLAT BELT CENTER DRIVE 7 6 M WW - LLL S S C D G BB Belt Type Guiding: = Low Side =.5 High Side 2 = High Side 4 = High Side Tail Types / Drive Shaft Position: *** A = Standard Tail / Position A F = /2 Nose Bar, Discharge End / Position A D = Standard Tail / Position D G = /2 Nose Bar, Discharge End / Position D E = /2 Nose Bar, Both Ends / Position A K = Nose Bar, Infeed End / Position A H = /2 Nose Bar, Both Ends / Position D L = Nose Bar, Infeed End / Position D J = Nose Bar, Both Ends / Position A P = Nose Bar, Discharge End / Position A M = Nose Bar, Both Ends / Position D R = Nose Bar, Discharge End / Position D N = 7/8 Nose Bar, Both Ends / Position A S = 7/8 Nose Bar, Infeed End / Position A Q = 7/8 Nose Bar, Both Ends / Position D T = 7/8 Nose Bar, Infeed End / Position D B = /2 Nose Bar, Infeed End / Position A U = 7/8 Nose Bar, Discharge End / Position A C = /2 Nose Bar, Infeed End / Position D V = 7/8 Nose Bar, Discharge End / Position D Cleaning Options: ** 0 = None F = Belt Lifters & Discharge Scraper - Primary Position A = Access Windows G = Belt Lifters & Discharge Scraper - Secondary Position B = Belt Lifters H = Access Windows & Discharge Scraper - Primary Position C = Access Windows & Belt Lifters J = Access Windows & Discharge Scraper - Secondary Position D = Discharge Scraper - Primary Position K = Access Windows, Belt Lifters & Discharge Scraper - Primary Position E = Discharge Scraper - Secondary Position L = Access Windows, Belt Lifters & Discharge Scraper - Secondary Position Idler End Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from idler end with braces B = 2 from idler end H = 8 from idler end with braces C = 8 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 0 from idler end with braces E = 0 from idler end M = 6 from idler end with braces F = 6 from idler end Drive End Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from drive end with braces B = 2 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 0 from drive end with braces E = 0 from drive end M = 6 from drive end with braces Drive Shaft Position F = 6 from drive end Length: Belt Width: Language: M = English, U = CE English Bed & V-Guide: = Wear Strip bed with V-Guided belt 0 = Stainless Steel bed with V-Guided belt N = Wear Strip bed with Non V-Guided belt P = Stainless Steel bed with Non V-Guided belt Example: 7M220HHGE05 A D Description: AquaPruf 7600 Series Center Drive sanitary straight conveyor with v-guide belt tracking, 2 (05mm) wide belt x 0 (048mm) long, output shaft in position A with UHMW wear strip belt support, belt scraper in the secondary position, /2 (mm) idler nose bar pulleys, low side profile and type 05 standard accumulation belt with fused finger splice. Configured to have Dorner sanitary support stands with diagonal braces 8 (457mm) from drive end and 8 (457mm) from idler end. Requires a Dorner gearmotor mounting package. Conveyor sections longer than (,5 mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. *Stand location may be dependent upon conveyor length. **Infeed scrapers available as a special capability. ***Additional tail configurations are available as a special capability. These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to 8

184 7600 Series: Part Number Reference 7600 SERIES: CLEATED BELT END DRIVE 7 A M WW - LLL S S C D SSSS MP Motorized Pulley (Optional Parameter) MP = With Motorized Pulley Blank = No Motorized Pulley Cleat Spacing Drive Shaft Position: A, B, C or D Cleaning & V-Guide Options: 0 = V-guided A = V-guided & Access Windows B = V-guided & Belt Lifters C = V-guided, Access Windows & Belt Lifters F = Non V-guided G = Non V-guided & Access Windows H = Non V-guided & Belt Lifters J = Non V-guided, Access Windows & Belt Lifters Idler End Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from idler end with braces B = 2 from idler end H = 8 from idler end with braces C = 8 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 0 from idler end with braces E = 0 from idler end M = 6 from idler end with braces F = 6 from idler end Drive End Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from drive end with braces B = 2 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 0 from drive end with braces E = 0 from drive end M = 6 from drive end with braces Drive Shaft Position A B C D Since belts are being pulled, positions A & D are preferred. Pushing belts (B & C) reduce conveyor load capacity by approximately 66%. F = 6 from drive end Length: Belt Width: Language: M = English, U = CE English Cleat Type: A = Standard.00 (25mm) Cleat N = Edge Sealed 0.79 (20mm) Cleat U = Sidewall Cleated,.8 (0) Cleat B = Standard.57 (40mm) Cleat P = Edge Sealed.57 (40mm) Cleat V = Sidewall Cleated,.97 (50) Cleat C = Standard 2.6 (60mm) Cleat Q = Edge Sealed 2.6 (60mm) Cleat W = Sidewall Cleated, Edge Sealed,.8 (0) Cleat G = Standard 0.4 (mm) Cleat R = Encased 0.79 (20mm) Cleat X = Sidewall Cleated, Edge Sealed,.97 (50) Cleat J = Standard.00 (25mm) Low Friction Cleat S = Encased.57 (40mm) Cleat Y = Sidewall Cleated, Encased,.8 (0) Cleat K = Standard.57 (40mm) Low Friction Cleat T = Encased 2.6 (60mm) Cleat Z = Sidewall Cleated, Encased,.97 (50) Cleat L = Standard 2.6 (60mm) Low Friction Cleat M = Standard 0.4 (mm) Low Friction Cleat Example: 7SM408GHAA86 Description: AquaPruf 7600 Series cleated sanitary straight conveyor with v-guide belt tracking, 4 (56mm) wide belt x 9 (274mm) long, output shaft in position A with type S.57 (40mm) straight cleats on 8.6 (466mm) centers. Configured to have Dorner sanitary support stands with diagonal braces 2 (05mm) from drive end and 8 (457mm) from idler end. Requires a Dorner gearmotor mounting package. Conveyor sections longer than (,5 mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. *Stand location may be dependent upon conveyor length. 84 These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to

185 7600 Series: Part Number Reference 7600 SERIES: Z-FRAME FLAT & CLEATED 76 S C M L E WW - A LLL LLL LLL C A C A A BB(SS) MP Motorized Pulley (Optional Parameter) MP = With Motorized Pulley Blank = No Motorized Pulley Belt Type OR Cleat Spacing: 075 thru 9999 = Standard Cleat Spacing (Cleated Belt Only) 0 thru 99 = ULTIMATE Cleat Types (Cleated Belt Only) 0 thru G = Standard Belt Types (Flat Belt Only) 0 thru 0 = ULTIMATE Belt Types (Flat Belt Only) Flat Belt Profile or Cleat Type: = Low Side Profile (Flat Belt Only) 2 = High Side Profile (Flat Belt Only) 4 = High Side Profile (Flat Belt Only) A thru Z = Standard Cleat Types (Cleated Belt Only) D thru F = ULTIMATE Cleat Types (Cleated Belt Only) Drive Shaft Position / Idler Tail Type: A = A Position / Standard C = C Position / Standard B = B Position / Standard D = D Position / Standard J = A Position / Nose Bar L = C Position / Nose Bar K = B Position / Nose Bar M = D Position / Nose Bar N = A Position / 7/8 Nose Bar P = C Position / 7/8 Nose Bar O = B Position / 7/8 Nose Bar Q = D Position / 7/8 Nose Bar Conveyor Bed: = Wear Strip, 0 = SS V-guided Bedplate Cleaning Options: 0 = None F = Belt Lifters & Primary Scraper A = Frame Cutout Windows G = Belt Lifters & Secondary Scraper B = Belt Lifters H = Cutout Windows & Primary Scraper C = Cutout Windows & Belt Lifters J = Cutout Windows & Secondary Scraper D = Primary Scraper K = Cutout Windows, Belt Lifters & Primary Scraper E = Secondary Scraper L = Cutout Windows, Belt Lifters & Secondary Scraper Idler / Infeed Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from idler end with braces B = 2 from idler end H = 8 from idler end with braces C = 8 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 0 from idler end with braces E = 0 from idler end M = 6 from idler end with braces F = 6 from idler end Drive / Discharge Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from drive end with braces B = 2 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 0 from drive end with braces E = 0 from drive end M = 6 from drive end with braces F = 6 from drive end Length : (000 for P frame) Length 2: Length : (000 for L frame) Angle: A = 5 deg, B = 0 dec, C = 5 deg, D = 0 deg, E = 45 deg, F = 60 deg Belt Width: Direction: E = Inclining, D = Declining Frame Type: L = Incline, P = Noseover, Z = Z-Frame Language: M = English, U = CE English Belt Style: C = Cleated Belt, F = Flat Belt Clean Type: S = Standard Conveyor sections longer than (,5 mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to 85

186 7600 Series: Part Number Reference 7600 SERIES: GEARMOTOR MOUNTING PACKAGES 76 M - H S Z P Gearmotor Mounting Position: End Drive A, B, C or D Center Drive A or D Curve No Position Option Gearmotor Type: S = Standard Load Mount Style: H = Horizontal End Drive Mount Package V = Vertical End Drive Mount Package C = Center Drive Mount Package Documentation Language: M = English, U = CE English Conveyor Series: 76 = 7600 Series Example: 76M-HSZA Description: 7600 series horizontal side mount package mounted in the A position. Drive Shaft Position A B C D 7600 SERIES: MOTORIZED PULLEY 7 S MP WW RRR 4 V EN VFD Compatible Phase Volts: 2 = 20V, 4 = 460V Poles Ratio: 00, 024, 020, 08, 06, 05, 0, 0, 00, 009 Belt Width: 2-46 Series: 6 = These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to

187 7600 Series: Part Number Reference 7600 SERIES: SUPPORT STANDS 9M TT F AA Angle Option: (Incline Mount Only) 0-60 = Fixed Incline Angle in Degrees ST = Slotted for ±60 Pivoting Caster Option: F = Foot Pads C = Swivel-Locking Casters* B = Fixed Foot Pad accepting Diagonal Brace (Straight Conveyors Only) Stand Height Reference Stand Width Reference Stand Type: HM = Horizontal Mount Version AM = Incline Mount Version BM = Bracket Mount Horizontal Version QR = Quick Release Mount Version *Stands equipped with casters accept diagonal bracing SERIES: TALL SUPPORT STANDS X MTH WW HH HH B Maximum Top of Belt Height Minimum Top of Belt Height Conveyor Width: Stand Type: TH = Tall Horizontal Mount TA = Tall Angle Mount Conveyor Type: 9 = 7600 Straight 7600 SERIES: LOW HEIGHT SUPPORT STANDS X MLH WW HH HH F Foot: F = Fixed Foot, C = Swivel Locking Caster Maximum Top of Belt Height Minimum Top of Belt Height Conveyor Width/Stand Type: 00 = Fixed Foot Model 04 thru 60 = 4 to 60, Caster Model Conveyor Type: 9 = 7600 Straight These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to 87

188 AquaPruf Series 7400 & 7600 Ultimate Sanitary Conveyors General Specifications: Straight Flat and Cleated Modular Belt Curved Flat Modular Belt Z-Frame Flat and Cleated Modular Belt Flat and Cleated Positive Driven Belt Z-Frame Flat and Cleated Positive Driven Belt Loads up to 20 lbs per square foot of belt (90 kg/m 2 ) Lengths up to 8 (25,575 mm) Widths up to 6 (94 mm) Continuous TIG Welded 04 stainless steel frame 88

189 Aquapruf Ultimates Solid Cross Members (No Hollow Tubes) #4 Polish on all Internal Frame Members Ultimate Series Feature Overview Ultimate Positive Driven Belt Ultimate Modular CHain 94 Profiles 96 Belting 99 Gearmotor Mounting Packages 204 Gearmotors 205 Support Stands & Accessories 208 Part Number Reference 22 TIG Welded Stand Offs Keep Fasteners Out of Food Zone 89

190 Ultimate Series: 7600 Belt & 7400 Modular Belt The ULTIMATE Series has been engineered for Fast & Effective Sanitation in the most demanding environments. These include RTE foods, raw protein (meat - poultry - fish), dairy and other environments with high pressure sanitation requirements. Tool-less Pull Pin Removal of Tail Assemblies #4 Polish on all Internal Frame Members Solid UHMW Idler Pucks Bearing-less for Fast & Effective Cleaning Cleaning Channels for Complete Sanitation Access to Spindles Open Access to Tail Pulleys for Cleaning with Belt On 90

191 Highest level of sanitation AGRICULTURAL M A R K ETING S E R V I C E Solid Cross Members (No Hollow Tubes) TIG Welded Stand Offs Keep Fasteners Out of Food Zone Grooved Spindle Guard for Increased Sanitation Access Stainless Steel Pin Tethers to Aid in Sanitation Threadless Stainless Steel Support Stand Feet 9

192 7600 Ultimate Series: Positive Driven FLat Belt Specifications: AGRICULTURAL S E R V M A R K ETING I C E Load: 20 lbs/square foot of belt (90 kg/m 2 ) Belt Widths: 6 (52 mm) to 6 (94 mm) Lengths: 6 (94 mm) to 40 (2.2 m) Belt speed: 2 ft/min maximum (7 m/min) Solid urethane belting, includes Belt Scraper UHMW Wear strip bed plate Continuous TIG welded 04 stainless steel frame #4 Polish on all frame surfaces Bearing material is 400 stainless steel Bearing lubricant is H type FDA lubricant USDA Accepted Belting Meets USDA, NSF & AMI design specifications Features & Benefits: Frame is designed with no horizontal surfaces for optimum cleaning. Conveyors over 0 (,048 mm) long consist of multiple sections which are bolted together (can be welded together on site). Bearings are mounted in cast stainless steel housings for maximum performance in washdown environments. Solid UHMW wear strips are easily lifted out of the frame without tools to minimize cleaning time. The tool-less tip up pulley allows conveyor end to be lifted easily for quick access to inside of conveyor for cleaning. Solid Urethane belt is sprocket driven for consistent performance and has no bacteria harboring hinges or pins. Open Belt Tracking Flanges and solid UHMW idler pucks create access to pulleys. Conveyor is designed to withstand high pressure (00-,500 psi) spray and chlorinated solutions. Drive sprockets are located on a.5 square stainless steel shaft without fasteners to provide optimum drive strength and cleanability. Frame cut-outs (optional) are available to allow spraying the inside of the conveyor without lifting the belt. Belt lifters (optional) raise the belt from the wear strips by simply pulling an external lever for fast access and Positive Drive effective cleaning. TIG welded stand offs keep fasteners out of the food zone. Belt Scraper UHMW blade removes build-up & is easily adjusted OPTIONAL: Motorized Pulley For fast and effective sanitation Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands and accessories, see pages Note: Proper conveyor application, cleaning and sanitation is the responsibility of the end user. When required, Dorner can passivate conveyors or provide most materials in 6 or 6L stainless steel. 92 For ordering information, see page 22

193 Aquapruf 7600 Ultimate series Positive Driven Belt Sanitary Options: W+.77 (45) W+.77 (96) Position A Frame Cutouts Belt Lifter Motorized Pulley Configurations available W+4.02 (02) FLOW W Straight Flat & Cleated Belt Note: When ordered with a Gearmotor Mounting Package the bearing support is replaced with the Gearmotor Mounting bracket. Position D 9.0 (26).00(25) DIA. SHAFT WITH /4" KEYWAY Horizontal to Incline Cleated Belt L (at initial factory belt tension) 6.00 (52) 6.00 (52) 2.4 (54) 5.65 (4) 4.29 (09) 2.4 (54) Nose-Over Flat & Cleated Belt W+.50 () 7.40 (88) W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to... 6 Conveyor Belt Width (W) 6 (52mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to... 6 (94mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L) 6 (94mm) (25mm) increments up to (2,92mm) Drive Shaft Position A D Z-Frame Cleated Belt For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 9

194 7400 Ultimate Series: Modular Belt Specifications: AGRICULTURAL S E R V M A R K ETING I C E Load: 20 lbs/square foot of belt (90 kg/m 2 ) Belt Widths: 6 (52 mm) to 6 (94 mm) Lengths: 6 (94 mm) to 999 (25,75 mm) Belt speed: 2 ft/min maximum (7 m/min) UHMW Wear strip bed plate Continuous TIG welded 04 stainless steel frame #4 Polish on all frame surfaces Bearing material is 400 stainless steel Bearing lubricant is H type FDA lubricant USDA Approved belting and plastic components Meets USDA, NSF & AMI design specifications Features & Benefits: Frame is designed with no horizontal surfaces for optimum cleaning. Conveyors over 0 (,048 mm) long consist of multiple sections which are bolted together (can be welded together on site). Bearings are mounted in cast stainless steel housings for maximum performance in washdown environments. Solid UHMW wear strips are easily lifted out of the frame without tools to minimize cleaning time. The tool-less tip up pulley allows conveyor end to be lifted easily for quick access to inside of conveyor for cleaning. Open Belt Tracking Flanges and solid UHMW idler pucks create access to pulleys. Conveyor is designed to withstand high pressure (00-,500 psi) spray and chlorinated solutions. The return belt supports are segmented plastic slide blocks and are easily removed without tools for effective cleaning. Drive sprockets are located on a.5 square stainless steel shaft without fasteners to provide optimum drive strength and cleanability. Nose bar idler ends (optional) are constructed of a machined UHMW bar to provide a.5 diameter transfer. The nose bar drive configuration (optional) allows the use of the nose bar transfer on each end of the conveyor for small product transfers. Frame cut-outs (optional) are available to allow spraying the inside of the conveyor without lifting the belt. Belt lifters (optional) raise the belt from the wear strips by simply pulling an external lever for fast access and effective cleaning. TIG welded stand offs keep fasteners out of the food zone. OPTIONAL: Clean-in-Place Module Available in Idler Tail. Cleans inner and outer surface of belt. OPTIONAL: Motorized Pulley For fast and effective sanitation Order gearmotor mounting packages and gearmotors separately; see pages For support stands and accessories, see pages Note: Proper conveyor application, cleaning and sanitation is the responsibility of the end user. When required, Dorner can passivate conveyors or provide most materials in 6 or 6L stainless steel. 94 For ordering information, see page 25

195 Aquapruf 7400 Ultimate series Modular Belt W+.77 (45) W+.77 (96) Position A W+4.02 (02) FLOW W Note: When ordered with a Gearmotor Mounting Package the bearing support is replaced with the Gearmotor Mounting bracket. Position D 9.0 (26).00 (25) DIA. SHAFT WITH /4" KEYWAY L (at initial factory belt tension) 6.00(52) 6.00 (52) 2.4 (54) 5.65(4) 4.29 (09) 2.4(54).5 (8) DIA (52) W+.50 () 5.65 (44) 6. (6) NOSE BAR TAIL W = Conveyor Belt Width Dim = in (mm) STANDARD SIZES Conveyor Width Reference increments up to... 6 Conveyor Belt Width (W) 6 (52mm) 2 (5mm) increments up to... 6 (94mm) Conveyor Length Reference increments up to Conveyor Length (L) 6 (94mm) (25mm) increments up to (25,75mm) Drive Shaft Position A D Sanitary Options: Nose bar Frame Cutouts Belt Lifter Configurations available Straight Flat & Cleated Chain Nose-Over Flat & Cleated Chain Horizontal to Incline Flat & Cleated Chain Z-Frame Flat & Cleated Chain Curve Flat Chain Motorized Pulley For more information, go to Call or Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 95

196 Ultimate Series: 7600 Profiles Flat Belt Profiles W+.50 () W+.50 () 5.50 (40) W+.77 (45) 6.69 (70) W+.77 (45) Profile Low Side Profile 2 (25) High Side W+.8 (0) W-.48 (8) 8.67 (220) W+.77 (45) Profile 4 " (76) High Side Cleated Belt Profiles W+.70 (4) W+. () W-2.55 (65) W-2.55 (65) 8.67 (220) 7.6 (82) W+.77 (45) W+.77 (45) Profile for Cleat Types A, G, J, M, N & R Profile for Cleat Types B, C, K, L, P, Q, S & T Easy Removal of Profiles Several of our profile options include solid UHMW strips which are easily removed from the conveyor for sanitation by pulling pins on each end. All pins are tethered to the frame to aid in sanitation. 96 Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user.

197 ULTIMATE Series: 7400 Profiles Flat Modular Belt Profiles W+.50 () W+.50 () 5.50 (40) 6.69 (70) W+.77 (45) W+.77 (45) PROFILE LOW SIDE PROFILE 2 HIGH SIDE.7 (284) W-.98 (50) 8.88 (226) W+.77 (45) PROFILE " HIGH SIDE Cleated Modular Belt Profiles D B W.58 (40) W A (POCKET WIDTH).00 (25).24 (82) C (POCKET WIDTH).00 (76) 5.85 (49) 4.84 (2) 5.85 (49) 6.84 (74) A= W (65) for 6.00 (52) (406) Wide W (69) for 8.00 (457) (60) Wide B= W +.69 (4) for 6.00 (52) (406) Wide W +.54 (9) for 8.00 (457) (60) Wide C= W (65) for 6.00 (52) (406) Wide W (69) for 8.00 (457) (60) Wide D= W +.4 (4) for 6.00 (52) (406) Wide W +.8 (0) for 8.00 (457) (60) Wide CLEAT WIDTH WILL VARY PER BELT TYPE Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 97

198 Ultimate Series: 7400 Profiles Curve Modular Belt Profiles W-.44 (7) 0.26 (7) 5.90 (50) 6.88 (75) W+.50 (8) W+2.25 (57) W-2.00 (5) CURVE MODULE PROFILE.7 (44) 7.8 (87) W+.77 (45) 0.98 (25) W-.44 (7).2 () CURVE STRAIGHT MODULE PROFILE (68) 6.88 (75) W+.50 (8) CURVE MODULE PROFILE 2 Easy Removal of Profiles The UHMW profiles are easily removed from the conveyor for sanitation by pulling pins on each end. All pins are tethered to the frame to aid in sanitation. 98

199 ULTIMATE Series: 7600 standard Belting Standard Positive Drive Belting Available Flat Belt (Also available in white) Positive Driven Belt Features No bacteria harboring hinges or pins Sprocket driven for consistent performance Excellent abrasion and tear resistance Easy to clean Flat Dome Belt Flat Cleated Belt Standard Belt Selection Guide Description Surface Material Overall Thickness Max. Part Temp. Sanitation Temp. USDA Approval Chemical Resistance Special Characteristics Flat Belt Smooth, Matte Finish Homogeneous thermoplastic, FDA Compliant Polyurethane 0.26 (6mm) -20 F to +76 F up to 85 F x Very Good Smooth Surface Flat Dome Belt Positive Drive Homogeneous thermoplastic, FDA Compliant Polyurethane 0.25 (6.mm) -20 F to +76 F up to 85 F x Very Good Enhanced Grip/ Release Performance Flat Belt with Cleats Homogeneous thermoplastic, FDA Compliant Polyurethane 0.26 (6mm) Cleats 4mm thick -20 F to +76 F up to 85 F x Very Good Smooth Surface/ Incline & Decline Use Cleat Heights Cleats available at 0.24 (6 mm), (25 mm) and (76 mm) heights 99

200 Ultimate Series: 7400 Standard Belting Dorner s Standard Modular Belting offers these valuable advantages: Oblong Hole improves access to hinge area during sanitation. Open Hinge Design allows easy cleaning through an enlarged hinge gap. Friction Inserts are available for incline applications. Inserts may be placed along entire length of the belt or spaced for belt drainage. Friction inserts are indented 2 (5 mm) from each belt edge. Flat Top Belts provide a very closed surface for complete product support and easy wiping. Flush Grid Belts provide an open surface for better drainage, cleaning and sanitation. 200

201 ULTIMATE Series: 7400 Standard Belting Standard Modular Belt Options Belt Type Part Number Reference Description % Open Pitch in (mm) Belt Thickness in (mm) Color Belt Material Rod Material Minimum Product Temperature F(C)**** Maximum Product Temperature F(C)**** FDA / CFIA Approved* Chemical Resistance Wear Resistance Maximum Incline / Decline (degrees)** Straight Flat Belts Standard Drive & Idler Pulley Nose Bar Idler Diameter in (mm) Nose Bar Drive or Nose Bar Idler MA Flat top 0.0 (25) 0.4 () White Acetal Polyethylene -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good 5 N/A MB Flat top 0.0 (25) 0.4 () White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 275 (5) Y V-Good Good 5 N/A MC Flush Grid 5.0 (25) 0.9 (0) White Acetal Polypropylene -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good 5 N/A MD Flush Grid 5.0 (25) 0.9 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 275 (5) Y V-Good Good 5 N/A MG Flat top () 0.9 (0) White Acetal Polyethylene -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good (9) MH Flat top () 0.9 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 275 (5) Y V-Good Good (9) MJ Flush Grid () 0.9 (0) White Acetal Polypropylene -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good (9) MK Flush Grid () 0.9 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 275 (5) Y V-Good Good (9) NA Flat top w/ Cleats 0.0 (25) 0.4 () White Acetal Polyethylene -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good 45*** N/A Cleated Straight Belts (see page 25 for cleat options) Standard Drive & Idler Pulley NB NC ND NE NF NG Flat top w/ Cleats Flat top w/ Cleats Flat top w/ Cleats Flush Grid w/ cleats Flush Grid w/ cleats Flush Grid w/ cleats 0.0 (25) 0.4 () White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 275 (5) Y V-Good Good 45*** N/A 0.0 (25) 0.4 () White Acetal Polyethylene -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good 45*** N/A 0.0 (25) 0.4 () White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 275 (5) Y V-Good Good 45*** N/A 5.0 (25) 0.9 (0) White Acetal Polypropylene -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good 45*** N/A 5.0 (25) 0.9 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 275 (5) Y V-Good Good 45*** N/A 5.0 (25) 0.9 (0) White Acetal Polypropylene -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good 45*** N/A NH Flush Grid w/ cleats 5.0 (25) 0.9 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 275 (5) Y V-Good Good 45*** N/A Friction Top Straight Belts Standard & Nose Bar Idler Pulley SEE TABLE BELOW SEE TABLE BELOW Flat top w/ friction inserts Flush Grid w/ friction inserts 0.0 (25) 0.55 (4) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 40 (60) Y V-Good Poor 20.6 (4) 5.0 (25) 0.55 (4) White Polypropylene Polypropylene 40 (5) 40 (60) Y V-Good Poor 20.6 (4) Curved Flat Belts Standard & Nose Bar Idler Pulley MR Tight Radius 5.0 (25) 0.50 () White Acetal Nylon -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good N/A.6 (4) MS Tight Radius 5.0 (25) 0.50 () White Polypropylene Acetal 40 (5) 275 (5) Y V-Good Good N/A.6 (4) * FDA = Food and Drug Administration, CFIA = Canadian Food Inspection Agency ** Temperature, environmental conditions, product materials and product configuration effect the maximum incline or decline. Product testing is recommended. *** Inclines / declines of higher than 45 degrees require wearstrip modifications. Consult factory for details. **** These do not indicate ambient running conditions. Ambient temperature range is 0 to 00 F (- to 8 C). Product temperature is dependent on length of time product is in direct contact with belt surface. Product testing is recommended. FRICTION TOP STRAIGHT MODULAR BELT: Part number reference chart Flat Top w/ Friction Inserts Part Number Reference TA TB TC TD TE Flush Grid w/ Friction Inserts Part Number Reference N/A TF TG TH TJ Friction Insert Spacing [links] Friction Insert Spacing (25mm) 2 (5mm) 4 (02mm) 6 (52mm) 2 (05mm) Note: Friction Top not available on nose bar drives 20

202 Ultimate Series: 7400 Specialty Belting Dorner s Specialty Modular Belt Program offers Intralox Options and other Manufacturers for Added Flexibility. Please call to inquire. Specialty Modular Belt Options Belt Type Part Number Reference Description % Open Pitch in (mm) Belt Thickness in (mm) Color Belt Material Straight Flat Belts Standard Drive & Idler Pulley Rod Material Minimum Product Temperature F(C)**** Maximum Product Temperature F(C)**** FDA Approved* CFIA Approved* Nose Bar Drive and/or Nose Bar Idler Chemical Resistance Wear Resistance Maximum Incline / Decline (degrees)** Nose Bar Idler Diameter in (mm) Manufacturer / Series PA Flat top 0.0 (25) 0.40 (0) White Acetal Polypropolene -50 (-46) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good 5 N/A PB Flat top 0.0 (25) 0.40 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropolene 4 () 275 (5) Y V-Good Good 5 N/A PC Flush Grid (5) 0.4 (9) White Acetal Polypropolene -50 (-46) 25 (02) Y Y Good V-Good 5 N/A PD Flush Grid (5) 0.4 (9) White Polypropylene Polypropolene 4 () 275 (5) Y Y V-Good Good 5 N/A PJ Flat top (5) 0.4 (9) White Acetal Polypropolene -50 (-46) 25 (02) Y Y Good V-Good (9) PK Flat top (5) 0.4 (9) White Polypropylene Polypropolene 4 () 275 (5) Y Y V-Good Good (9) PL Flush Grid (5) 0.4 (9) White Acetal Polypropolene -50 (-46) 25 (02) Y Y Good V-Good (9) PM Flush Grid (5) 0.4 (9) White Polypropylene Polypropolene 4 () 275 (5) Y Y V-Good Good (9) * FDA = Food and Drug Administration, CFIA = Canadian Food Inspection Agency. ** Temperature, environmental conditions, product materials and product configuration effect the maximum incline or decline. Product testing is recommended. **** These do not indicate ambient running conditions. Ambient temperature range is 0 to 00 F (- to 8 C). Product temperature is dependent on length of time product is in direct contact with belt surface. Product testing is recommended Intralox 600 Intralox 600 Intralox 00 Intralox 00 Intralox 00 Intralox 00 Intralox 00 Intralox

203 ULTIMATE Series: 7400 Specialty Belting Dorner s Specialty Modular Belt Program offers Intralox Options and other Manufacturers for Added Flexibility. Please call to inquire. Specialty Modular Belt Options Belt Type Part Number Reference Description % Open Pitch in (mm) Belt Thickness in (mm) Color Belt Material Rod Material Minimum Product Temperature F(C)**** Maximum Product Temperature F(C)**** FDA Approved* Cleated Straight Belts (see page 27 for cleat type options) Standard Drive & Idler Pulley CFIA Approved* Chemical Resistance Wear Resistance Maximum Incline / Decline (degrees)** Nose Bar Idler Diameter in (mm) Manufacturer / Series RA RB RC RD RE RF Flat top w/ Cleats Flat top w/ Cleats Flat top w/ Cleats Flat top w/ Cleats Flush Grid w/ cleats Flush Grid w/ cleats 0.0 (25) 0.40 (0) White Acetal Polypropolene -50 (-46) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good 45*** N/A 0.0 (25) 0.40 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropolene 4 () 275 (5) Y V-Good Good 45*** N/A 0.0 (25) 0.40 (0) White Acetal Polypropolene -50 (-46) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good 45*** N/A 0.0 (25) 0.40 (0) White Polypropylene Polypropolene 4 () 275 (5) Y V-Good Good 45*** N/A (5) 0.4 (9) White Acetal Polypropolene -50 (-46) 25 (02) Y Y Good V-Good 45*** N/A (5) 0.4 (9) White Polypropylene Polypropolene 4 () 275 (5) Y Y V-Good Good 45*** N/A Intralox 600 Intralox 600 Intralox 600 Intralox 600 Intralox 00 Intralox 00 Curved Flat Belts***** Standard & Nose bar Idler Pulley PT Tight Radius 42.0 (25) 0.5 () White Acetal Nylon -40 (-40) 25 (02) Y Good V-Good N/A.6 (4) PU Tight Radius 42.0 (25) 0.5 () White Polypropylene Acetal 4 () 275 (5) Y V-Good Good N/A.6 (4) Intralox 2400 Intralox 2400 * FDA = Food and Drug Administration, CFIA = Canadian Food Inspection Agency. ** Temperature, environmental conditions, product materials and product configuration effect the maximum incline or decline. Product testing is recommended. *** Inclines / declines of higher than 45 degrees require wearstrip modifications. Consult factory for details. **** These do not indicate ambient running conditions. Ambient temperature range is 0 to 00 F (- to 8 C). Product temperature is dependent on length of time product is in direct contact with belt surface. Product testing is recommended ***** Type PT and PU Belts are available up to 24 wide only. 20

204 Ultimate Series: Gearmotor Mounting Packages Gearmotor Mounting Package & Gearmotor Selection Steps Step : Step 2: Step : Select a Gearmotor Mounting Package (below). Locate the appropriate gearmotor chart (pages ) in terms of Painted vs. Stainless Steel and Fixed Speed vs. Variable Speed. Use the Belt Speed Column to locate the Part Number for your desired Gearmotor. Drive Shaft Position A D Horizontal Side Drive Mount 7.9 (88) W+5.40 (7) 2.4 (59) W end view 6.8 (74) top view 4.64 (8) 0.69 (7) 2.54 (65) W = Conveyor Belt Width Vertical Side Drive Mount 6.8 (7) 2.54 (65) 0.69 (7) end view 6.7 (70).90 (99) top view W W+5.28 (4) W = Conveyor Belt Width Nose Bar Drive Mount (7400 Ultimate Only) W+5.46 (9) 4.58 (6) W (46) (22) end view 2.0 (05) top view 4.49 (4) 2.6 (67) Note: Nose Bar Drive Belt Speed is Limited to 7 ft/min (5.7 m/min) Dimensions = in (mm) W = Conveyor Belt Width 204

205 ULTIMATE Series: Gearmotors Standard Load, FIXED Speed Chart Painted Gearmotor Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant FDA Approved Stainless Painted Gear Box FDA Approved White Epoxy Painted Motor UL and CSA Approved Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Order optional Manual Motor Starter separately, see page Hp 20 / 460 Volts, Phase.0 &.5 HP / 460 Volts, Phase 7.[8].8[97] 9.05[20] 5.74[46] 4.00[02] 2.29[58] 2.8[72].75[44] E Single Phase Only 7.52[9] 6.7[70] E=7.48[444] for.5 HP MOTORS, PHASE 6.50[49] for.5 HP MOTORS, PHASE 7.5[445] for HP MOTORS 8.8[467] for.5 HP MOTORS Part Number 74M080HS4(vp)FN 74M060HS4(vp)FN 74M040HS4(vp)FN 74M00HS4(vp)FN 74M020HS4(vp)FN 74M05HS4(vp)FN 74M00HS4(vp)FN 74M007HS4(vp)FN Belt Speed Phase Phase RPM Ft/min m/min Hp kw FLA Hp kw FLA n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 6.8 / / /.7-.4 n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a / / / / / / / / 2. (vp) = voltage and Phase = 5 / , Phase 2 = 0.5 HP: 20 / 460 Volts, Phase;.0 &.5 HP: / 460 Volts, Phase in.-lbs Nm Chart 2 Stainless Steel Gearmotor Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant Stainless Steel Gear Box Stainless Steel Motor UL and CSA Approved /2 HP is Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated and /2 HP are Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled / 460 Volts, Phase Order optional Manual Motor Starter separately, see page Hp 20 / 460 Volts, Phase.0 &.5 HP / 460 Volts, Phase A.8[97] B 5.62[4] 2.29[58] A=7.7[82] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.9[88] for &.5 HP MOTORS B=8.97[228] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.6[2] for &.5 HP MOTORS 2.8[72] 7.52[9].75[95] D.75[44] C C=6.54[420] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.2[488] for &.5 HP MOTORS D=6.7[70] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.6[82] for &.5 HP MOTORS Part Number Belt Speed Phase RPM Ft/min m/min Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 74M080HZS42FN 74M060HZS42FN 74M040HZS42FN 74M00HZS42FN 74M020HZS42FN 74M05HZS42FN / / / / / / / / / / / / M00HZS42FN 74M007HZS42FN / / / / FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm) HIGHLIGHT Highlighted gearmotors are not available with Nose Bar Drive and Nose Bar Idler tail. Maximum Nose Bar speed is 7 ft/min (5.7 m/min) 205

206 Ultimate Series: Gearmotors Standard Load, Variable Speed Chart Painted Gearmotor Variable Frequency Drive, 6 to 60 Hz Phase Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant FDA Approved Stainless Painted Gear Box FDA Approved White Epoxy Painted Motor UL and CSA Approved Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated Order Control Seperately, see page [8].8[97] 9.05[20] 5.74[46] 4.00[02] 2.29[58] 2.8[72].75[44] 7.52[9] E E=6.50[49] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.5[445] for HP MOTORS 8.8[467] for.5 HP MOTORS 6.7[70] Part Number Belt Speed Phase RPM Ft/min m/min Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 74M080HS42EN 74M060HS42EN 74M040HS42EN 74M00HS42EN 74M020HS42EN 74M05HS42EN 2 to 22 to 29 5 to 44 6 to 58 9 to 87 2 to to to 8.8. to to to to / / / / / / / / / / / / M00HS42EN 74M007HS42EN 8 to 75 2 to 2 5. to to / / / / Chart 4 Stainless Steel Gearmotor Variable Frequency Drive, 6 to 60 Hz Phase Nema 56C IP 55 Protection Rating Sealed Reducer with FDA H Lubricant Stainless Steel Gear Box Stainless Steel Motor UL and CSA Approved /2 HP is Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated and /2 HP are Totally Enclosed Fan Cooled Order Control Seperately, see page 207 A.8[97] B 5.62[4] 2.29[58] A=7.7[82] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.9[88] for &.5 HP MOTORS B=8.97[228] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.6[2] for &.5 HP MOTORS 2.8[72] 7.52[9].75[95] D.75[44] C C=6.54[420] for.5 HP MOTORS 9.2[488] for &.5 HP MOTORS D=6.7[70] for.5 HP MOTORS 7.6[82] for &.5 HP MOTORS Part Number Belt Speed Phase RPM Ft/min m/min Hp kw Volts FLA in-lbs Nm 74M080HZS42EN 74M060HZS42EN 74M040HZS42EN 74M00HZS42EN 74M020HZS42EN 74M05HZS42EN 2 to 22 to 29 5 to 44 6 to 58 9 to 87 2 to to to 8.8. to to to to / / / / / / / / / / / / M00HZS42EN 74M007HZS42EN 8 to 75 2 to 2 5. to to / / / / FLA = Full Load Amperes Some motors and gear reducers may normally operate hot to the touch. Consult factory for specific operating temperatures. Note: Dimensions = in (mm) HIGHLIGHT Highlighted gearmotors are not available with Nose Bar Drive and Nose Bar Idler tail. Maximum Nose Bar speed is 7 ft/min (5.7 m/min) 206

207 ULTIMATE Series: Controls Variable Speed Controller Chart A Variable Speed Controllers Variable Frequency Drive Nema 4X Enclosure Stainless steel enclosure and mounting hardware Digital Display Keypad with Start/Stop and Speed variation Includes cord to motor Power to controller by others UL Approved 0. (260) 6. (60) 8.0 (20) 4.5 (4) 8.8 (222) Part Number 74MV22S 74MV222S 74MV2S 74MV22S 74MV44S 74MV227S 74MV227S 74MV447S Input Output Volts Phase Hz Volts Phase Max Hp Max Amps A (width) B (depth) (200) 6. (55) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200) 6. (55) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200) 7.9 (200).8 (96) 4.4 (2) 4.9 (24) 4.9 (24) 4.4 (2) 4.9 (24) 4.9 (24) 4.9 (24) Manual Motor Starter Chart B Manual Motor Starter Nema 4X Plastic Enclosure Stainless Steel mounting hardware IP 66 Start / Stop Switch Lock out tag out capable Includes wiring to Motor Power to Starter by others No plug/cord set included.00[25] 8.78[22] 5.0[28] 8.09[205] 7.00[78] 8.6[29] 7.44[89] 6.26[59] Part Number 74MMF 74MM2D 74MM2A 74MM2B 74MM2C 74MM2D 74MM2E 74MM4A 74MM4B 74MM4C 74MM4D FLA = Full Load Amperes Input Volts Phase Hz FLA

208 Ultimate Series: 7600 Support Stands WW Horizontal Mount Version Support Stand Quantity Chart Horizontal Mount Version for direct conveyor mounting, conveyor must be level (Mount directly to conveyor) Foot self-aligns 0º for sloped floors +/- /8 height adjustment All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Incline Mount Version for angled conveyor applications Sanitary Support Stands do not require mounting brackets Straight Conveyor Fixed Foot Model 7600 Ultimate Straight Conveyors Conveyor Length Number of Supports 6 (0.8m) - 2 (.4m) 2 (.4m) (6.4m) 25 (6.4m) - 72 (9.4m) 4 7 (9.5m) (2.2m) 5 Conveyor Width 6 (52) 8 (20) 0 (254) 2 (05) 4 2 (5) increments up to... 6 (56) (94) WW Part # Reference increments up to... 6 HM Horizontal Mount HM AM QR Stand Width 8. (465) 20. (57) 22. (566) 24. (67) (5) increments up to (467) (,026) Top of Belt Height 22 (559) (25) increments up to (,829) HH Part # Reference increments up to Stand Width 8. (465) 20. (57) 22. (566) 24. (67) (5) increments up to (470) (,029) Top of Belt Height 22 (559) (25) increments up to (,829) HH Part # Reference increments up to Stand Width.8 (5) 5.8 (40) 7.8 (452) 9.8 (50) (5) increments up to (554) (,) Top of Belt Height 0 (762) or 72 (,829) HH Part # Reference 0 or 72 Straight Conveyor Swivel Locking Caster Model* AM Incline Mount QR HM Conveyor Width 6 (52) 8 (20) 0 (254) 2 (05) 4 2 (5) increments up to... 6 (56) (94) WW Part # Reference increments up to... 6 Stand Width 8. (465) 20. (57) 22. (566) 24. (67) (5) increments up to (467) (,026) Top of Belt Height 28 (77) (25) increments up to (,829) HH Part # Reference increments up to AM Stand Width 8. (465) 20. (57) 22. (566) 24. (67) (5) increments up to (470) (,029) Top of Belt Height 28 (77) (25) increments up to (,829) HH Part # Reference increments up to Note: HH is to Conveyor Top of Belt. * Some caster model support stands are equipped with integrated outriggers. Contact factory for details. The Quick Release Stands require the use of Floor Anchors (see below). Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. Quick Release Mount Welded Stand Offs Keep Fasteners out of Food Zone Threadless Stainless Steel Support Stand Feet Threadless Stainless Steel Support Stand Casters 208 For ordering information, see page 29

209 ULTIMATE Series: 7400 Support Stands Straight Conveyor Support Stands Horizontal Mount Version for direct conveyor mounting, conveyor must be level (Mount directly to conveyor) Foot self-aligns 0º for sloped floors +/- /8 height adjustment All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Incline Mount Version for angled conveyor applications Sanitary Support Stands do not require mounting brackets WW Horizontal Mount Version Support Stand Quantity Charts 7400 Ultimate Straight Conveyors See table below for Stand Requirements 7400 Straight Stand Conveyors Conveyor Length 20 (0.5m) - 0 (0.8m) (0.8m) - 2 (.4m) (.4m) (6.4m) 25 (6.4m) - 72 (9.4m) 7 (9.5m) (2.5m) 49 (2.5m) - 62 (5.5m) 6 (5.6m) - 72 (8.6m) 7 (8.6m) (2.6m) 85 (2.7m) (24.7m) 97 (24.7m) (25.4m) Number of Supports Ultimate Curved Conveyors Straight modules must have stands near ends and at frame section joints See table below for Curve Modules Stand Requirements 7400 Curve Modules Stand Requirements Degree of Curve Straight Conveyor Fixed Foot Model Belt Width n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a n/a 80 Conveyor Width 6 (52) 8 (20) 0 (254) 2 (05) 4 2 (5) increments up to... 6 (56) (94) WW Part # Reference increments up to... 6 HM Stand Width 8. (465) 20. (57) 22. (566) 24. (67) (5) increments up to (467) (,026) Top of Belt Height 22 (559) (25) increments up to (,829) HH Part # Reference increments up to AM Stand Width 8. (465) 20. (57) 22. (566) 24. (67) (5) increments up to (470) (,029) Top of Belt Height 22 (559) (25) increments up to (,829) HH Part # Reference increments up to HM Straight Conveyor Swivel Locking Caster Model* Conveyor Width 6 (52) 8 (20) 0 (254) 2 (05) 4 2 (5) increments up to... 6 (56) (94) Horizontal Mount HM WW Part # Reference increments up to... 6 Stand Width 8. (465) 20. (57) 22. (566) 24. (67) (5) increments up to (467) (,026) Top of Belt Height 28 (77) (25) increments up to (,829) HH Part # Reference increments up to AM AM Stand Width 8. (465) 20. (57) 22. (566) 24. (67) (5) increments up to (470) (,029) Top of Belt Height 28 (77) (25) increments up to (,829) HH Part # Reference increments up to Incline Mount Note: HH is to Conveyor Top of Belt. * Some caster model support stands are equipped with integrated outriggers. Contact factory for details. Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. Welded Stand Offs Keep Fasteners out of Food Zone Threadless Stainless Steel Support Stand Feet Threadless Stainless Steel Support Stand Casters For ordering information, see page

210 Ultimate Series: Support Stands Tall Support Stands Fixed Foot Model Conveyor Width 4 (02) 6 (52) 8 in 2 (5mm) increments up to (20) (,524) WW Part # Reference in 02 increments up to Stand Width at Foot * Top of Belt (Minimum) 7 (,80) Top of Belt (Maximum) 75 (,905) 72 (,829) 76 (,90) (0.26)(HH max) + (WW + 6) inches 7 in (25mm) increments up to (,854) (2,4) 77 in (25mm) increments up to (,956) (2,55) HHHH Part Number in 0 increments up to All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Has +/- 2 of adjustment Fixed Foot self aligns 0 for sloped floors Horizontal Mount Version for Direct Level Conveyor Mounting Incline Mount Version for angled conveyor applications Includes Diagonal Brace for stability Tall Support Stands require the use of floor anchors HM AM * Width dimension is nominal dimension for space claim purposes only. For detail dimension, contact factory. Horizontal Mount Tall Stand Horizontal Mount Adjustable Mount Low Height Support stands Fixed Foot Model Top of Belt (Minimum) 7 (78) Top of Belt (Maximum) (279) 9 (229) (0) HHHH Part # Reference Stand Width at Foot * WW (267mm) All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Has +/- 2 of adjustment Fixed Foot self aligns 0 for sloped floors Caster is swivel locking Horizontal conveyor mounts only * Width dimension is nominal dimension for space claim purposes only. For detail dimension, contact factory. Swivel Locking Caster Model Swivel Locking Caster Model Conveyor Width 4 (02) 6 (52) 8 in 2 (5mm) increments up to (20) (,524) WW Part # Reference in 02 increments up to Stand Width at Caster * 22 (559) Top of Belt (Minimum) 2 (05) Top of Belt (Maximum) 6 (406) 24 (60) 26 in 2 (5mm) increments up to (660) (,98) HHHH Part Number Sanitary Floor Anchor Kits 4 (56) 8 (457) 6 (406) 20 (508) Type Sanitary Floor Anchor Kit /8 (0 mm) x.57 (40 mm) drop in Stainless Steel Anchor is flush with floor upon removal of bolt Two (2) per anchor kit Part No. FAS- Type 2 Sanitary Floor Anchor Kit /8 (0 mm) x 2 /4 (70 mm) Stainless Steel Threaded anchor bolt protrudes above floor after installation Two (2) per anchor kit Part No. FAS-2 Note: Dimensions = in (mm) 20 For ordering information, see page 29

211 ULTIMATE Series: Support Stands & Accessories Horizontal Ceiling Supports All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Includes a pair of mounting brackets and hardware for support on both sides of conveyor Compatible with /2 threaded support rod provided by others Part No. 9HCS Adjustable Angle Ceiling Supports All components are stainless steel brushed to #4 finish Includes a pair of mounting brackets and hardware for support on both sides of conveyor Compatible with /2 threaded support rod provided by others Mounting block pivots to support incline mounts from 0 to 60 Part No. 9ACS Accessories Motorized Pulley 04 stainless steel for durability in tough applications Sealed drum motor is ideal for heavy duty washdown applications Pulley locating supports allow for fast removal and relocating for sanitation No fasteners are used to locate sprockets on motorized pulley Innovative sprocket locating key way allows for fast and effective sanitation For full details, see 7400 section, page 8 *Progressive Key Sprocket Retention System 7400/7400 Ultimate* - Stainless Steel Sprocket MOTORIZED PULLEY TAIL 7600 Ultimate* - Plastic Sprocket For ordering information, see page 29 Due to the wide variety of drive set ups and applications, point of installation guarding is the responsibility of the end user. 2

212 Ultimate Series: Part Number Reference 7600 ULTIMATE SERIES: FLAT BELT 7H M WW - LLL S S C D G BB MP Drive Shaft Position Motorized Pulley (Optional Parameter) MP = With Motorized Pulley Blank = No Motorized Pulley Belt Material: 0 = Smooth Top, 02 = Smooth Top Blue, 0 = Dome Top Blue Profile: = Low Side, 2 = High Side, =.5 High Side, 4 = High Side Drive Shaft Position: A or D Cleaning Options: ** A D 0 = None B = Belt Lifters Only 2 = None (Motorized Pulley) H = Belt Lifters Only (Motorized Pulley) A = Frame Cutouts Only C = Frame Cutouts & Belt Lifters G = Frame Cutouts Only (Motorized Pulley) J = Frame Cutouts & Belt Lifters (Motorized Pulley) Idler End Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from idler end with braces B = 2 from idler end H = 8 from idler end with braces C = 8 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 0 from idler end with braces E = 0 from idler end M = 6 from idler end with braces F = 6 from idler end Drive End Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from drive end with braces B = 2 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 0 from drive end with braces E = 0 from drive end M = 6 from drive end with braces F = 6 from drive end Length: Belt Width: 06-6 Language: M = English, U = CE English Example: 7HM2420FD0A0 Description: AquaPruf 7600 Series ULTIMATE End Drive sanitary 24 (60mm) wide belt x 0 (048mm) long straight conveyor with output shaft in position A, low side profile and type 0 white smooth top belt. This conveyor incorporates a tip up idler tail for ease of cleaning and sanitation. The conveyor is configured to have Dorner sanitary support stands 24 (60mm) from infeed end and 6 (94mm) from discharge end and requires a Dorner gearmotor mounting package. Conveyor sections longer than (,5 mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. *Stand location may be dependent upon conveyor length. **Infeed scrapers available as a special capability. 22 These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to

213 ULTIMATE Series: Part Number Reference 7600 ULTIMATE SERIES: CLEATED BELT 7D M WW - LLL S S C BB D SS MP Motorized Pulley (Optional Parameter): MP = With Motorized Pulley, Blank = No Motorized Pulley Cleat Spacing Mount Position: A or D Belt Type: 02 = Blue top belt Cleaning & V-Guide Options: 0 = None B = Belt Lifters Only 2 = None (Motorized Pulley) H = Belt Lifters Only (Motorized Pulley) A = Frame Cutouts Only C = Frame Cutouts & Belt Lifters G = Frame Cutouts Only (Motorized Pulley) J = Frame Cutouts & Belt Lifters (Motorized Pulley) Idler End Stand Location:* A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from idler end with braces B = 2 from idler end H = 8 from idler end with braces C = 8 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 0 from idler end with braces E = 0 from idler end M = 6 from idler end with braces F = 6 from idler end Drive End Stand Location:* A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from drive end with braces B = 2 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 0 from drive end with braces E = 0 from drive end M = 6 from drive end with braces F = 6 from drive end Length: Belt Width: Language: M = English, U = CE English Series: 7D =.25 High Cleat, 7E = High Cleat, 7F = High Cleat Example: 7DM408GH0A026 Description: AquaPruf 7600 Series ULTIMATE Cleated sanitary straight conveyor 4 (56mm) wide belt x 9 (274mm) long with type 02 blue smooth top belt having type D.25 (6mm) cleats on 6 (94mm) centers with one larger odd spacing of 9 (99mm). This conveyor incorporates a tip up idler tail for ease of cleaning and sanitation. The conveyor is configured to have Dorner sanitary support stands with diagonal braces 8 (457mm) from infeed end and 2 (05mm) from discharge end and requires a Dorner gearmotor mounting package. Conveyor sections longer than (,5 mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. *Stand location may be dependent upon conveyor length. These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to 2

214 Ultimate Series: Part Number Reference 7600 ULTIMATE SERIES: Z-FRAME FLAT & CLEATED 76 S C M L E WW - A LLL LLL LLL C A C A A BB(SS) MP Motorized Pulley (Optional Parameter) MP = With Motorized Pulley, Blank = No Motorized Pulley Belt Type OR Cleat Spacing: 075 thru 9999 = Standard Cleat Spacing (Cleated Belt Only) 0 thru 99 = ULTIMATE Cleat Types (Cleated Belt Only) 0 thru G = Standard Belt Types (Flat Belt Only) 0 thru 0 = ULTIMATE Belt Types (Flat Belt Only) Flat Belt Profile or Cleat Type: = Low Side Profile (Flat Belt Only) 2 = High Side Profile (Flat Belt Only) 4 = High Side Profile (Flat Belt Only) A thru Z = Standard Cleat Types (Cleated Belt Only) D thru F = ULTIMATE Cleat Types (Cleated Belt Only) Drive Shaft Position / Idler Tail Type: A = A Position / Standard C = C Position / Standard B = B Position / Standard D = D Position / Standard J = A Position / Nose Bar L = C Position / Nose Bar K = B Position / Nose Bar M = D Position / Nose Bar N = A Position / 7/8 Nose Bar P = C Position / 7/8 Nose Bar O = B Position / 7/8 Nose Bar Q = D Position / 7/8 Nose Bar Conveyor Bed: = Wear Strip, 0 = SS V-guided Bedplate Cleaning Options: 0 = None F = Belt Lifters & Primary Scraper A = Frame Cutout Windows G = Belt Lifters & Secondary Scraper B = Belt Lifters H = Cutout Windows & Primary Scraper C = Cutout Windows & Belt Lifters J = Cutout Windows & Secondary Scraper D = Primary Scraper K = Cutout Windows, Belt Lifters & Primary Scraper E = Secondary Scraper L = Cutout Windows, Belt Lifters & Secondary Scraper Idler / Infeed Stand Location*: A = no stand mounting holes B = 2 from idler end G = 2 from idler end with braces C = 8 from idler end H = 8 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces E = 0 from idler end K = 0 from idler end with braces F = 6 from idler end M = 6 from idler end with braces Drive / Discharge Stand Location*: A = no stand mounting holes B = 2 from drive end G = 2 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces E = 0 from drive end K = 0 from drive end with braces F = 6 from drive end M = 6 from drive end with braces Length : (000 for P frame) Length 2: Length : (000 for L frame) Angle: A = 5 deg, B = 0 dec, C = 5 deg, D = 0 deg, E = 45 deg, F = 60 deg Belt Width: Direction: E = Inclining, D = Declining Frame Type: L = Incline, P = Noseover, Z = Z-Frame Language: M = English, U = CE English Belt Style: C = Cleated Belt, F = Flat Belt Clean Type: U = ULTIMATE Conveyor sections longer than (,5 mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations ULTIMATE SERIES: MOTORIZED PULLEY 7 S MP WW RRR 4 V EN 24 VFD Compatible Phase Volts: 2 = 20V, 4 = 460V Poles Ratio: 00, 024, 020, 08, 06, 05, 0, 0, 00, 009 Belt Width: 2-46 Series: U = 7600 ULTIMATE

215 ULTIMATE Series: Part Number Reference 7600 ULTIMATE SERIES: GEARMOTOR MOUNTING PACKAGES 76U M - H S Z P Gearmotor Mounting Position: Drive Shaft Position End Drive: A or D Center Drive: A or D A D Curve: No Position Option Gearmotor Type: S = Standard Load Mount Style: H = Horizontal End Drive Mount Package V = Vertical End Drive Mount Package Document Language: M = English, U = CE English Conveyor Series: 76U = 7600 ULTIMATE Example: 76UM-HSZP Description: 7600 ULTIMATE series horizontal side mount package mounted in the A position ULTIMATE SERIES: FLAT MODULAR BELT 7U M WW - LLL S S C D G BB MP Drive Shaft Position Motorized Pulley (Optional Parameter) MA = Motorized Pulley in the A Position MD = Motorized Pulley in the D Position Belt Material Profile: = Lowside, 2 = Highside, = Guided Drive / Pulley Type: = Side drive, standard pulleys each end, position A or D 2 = Side drive, nose bar idler end, position A or D = Nose bar drive, nose bars each end, position A** 4 = Nose bar drive, nose bars each end, position D** 5 = Nose bar drive, standard pulley idler end, position A** 6 = Nose bar drive, standard pulley idler end, position D** Cleaning Options: A D 0 = None = Belt lifters & Tip up idler only*** = Frame Cutouts only 4 = Frame cutouts & Tip up idler pulley 2 = Tip up Idler Pulley only 5 = All Cleaning Features*** Idler / Infeed Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from idler end with braces B = 2 from idler end H = 8 from idler end with braces C = 8 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 0 from idler end with braces E = 0 from idler end M = 6 from idler end with braces F = 6 from idler end Drive / Discharge Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from drive end with braces B = 2 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 0 from drive end with braces E = 0 from drive end M = 6 from drive end with braces F = 6 from drive end Length: Belt Width: Standard = 06-60, Ultimate = 06-6 Language: M = English, U = CE English Clean Type: U = ULTIMATE Example: 7UM2420BC5MR Description: 7400 Ultimate series straight flat belt conveyor, 24 wide x 0 long, stand mounting holes 2 from drive end, stand mounting holes 8 from idler end, belt lifters, tip up end pulley, frame cut-outs, standard pulleys each end side drive ready, lowside profile and MR belt material. Conveyor sections longer than (,5 mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. *Stand location may be dependent upon conveyor length **Nose bar drive conveyors have a minimum conveyor length of 48 ***Belt lifters have a minimum conveyor length of 48 These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to 25

216 Ultimate Series: Part Number Reference 7400 ULTIMATE SERIES: CLEATED MODULAR BELT 7U M WW - LLL S S C P BB SS MA Motorized Pulley (Optional Parameter) MA = Motorized Pulley in the A Position, MD = Motorized Pulley in the D Position Cleat Spacing: = Link Spacing Cleated Belt Material: (Determines Profile) Drive Shaft Position: A or D Cleaning Options: 0 = None = Belt lifters & Tip up idler only = Frame Cutouts only 4 = Frame cutouts & Tip up idler pulley 2 = Tip up Idler Pulley only 5 = All Cleaning Features Idler / Infeed Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from idler end with braces B = 2 from idler end H = 8 from idler end with braces C = 8 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 0 from idler end with braces E = 0 from idler end M = 6 from idler end with braces F = 6 from idler end Drive / Discharge Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from drive end with braces B = 2 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 0 from drive end with braces E = 0 from drive end M = 6 from drive end with braces F = 6 from drive end Length: Belt Width: Language: M = English, U = CE English Clean Type: U = ULTIMATE Example: 74UM2420BCSANB06MA Description: 7400 Ultimate series straight cleated belt conveyor, 24 wide x 0 long, stand mounting holes 2 from drive end, stand mounting holes 8 from idler end, belt lifters, tip up end pulley, frame cut-outs, and NB belt material with cleat spacing of 6 links with a motorized pulley in the A position. *Stand location may be dependent upon conveyor length 7400 ULTIMATE SERIES: CURVE MODULE 74 4 WW DDD C S G BB E # Module Serialized Sequence: thru 9 Curve Direction from Infeed End: L = Left, R = Right Belt Material Guide Profile: = Lowside, = Guided Stand Holes: A = no stand mounting holes, Z = stand mounting holes Cleaning Options: 0 = None, = Frame Cutouts Degree of Turn: 05, 00, 045, 060, 085, 090, 05, 20, 5, 50, 65, 80 Belt Width: 08-6 Clean Type: U = ULTIMATE 7400 ULTIMATE SERIES: STRAIGHT INTERMEDIATE MODULE 74 5 WW - LLL C S G BB # 26 Module Serialized Sequence: thru 9 Belt Material Guide Profile: = Lowside, = Guided Stand Holes: A = no stand mounting holes, Z = stand mounting holes Cleaning Options: 0 = None 6* = Belt Lifters only = Frame Cutouts only 7* = Frame cutouts & Belt Lifters Length: Belt Width: 08-6 Clean Type: U = ULTIMATE Conveyor sections longer than (,5 mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. *Infeed/Idler module must have Tip Up Idler Pulley

217 ULTIMATE Series: Part Number Reference 7400 ULTIMATE SERIES: STRAIGHT INFEED / IDLER MODULE 74 WW - LLL P C S G BB # Module Serialized Sequence: thru 9 Belt Material Guide Profile: = Lowside, = Guided Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes D = 24 from pulley end B = 2 from pulley end E = 0 from pulley end C = 8 from pulley end F = 6 from pulley end Cleaning Options: 0 = None = Belt lifters & Tip up idler only = Frame Cutouts only 4 = Frame cutouts & Tip up idler pulley 2 = Tip up Idler Pulley only 5 = All Cleaning Features Pulley Type: = Standard Idler Pulley, 2 = Nose Bar Idler Length: Belt Width: 08-6 Clean Type: U = ULTIMATE 7400 ULTIMATE SERIES: STRAIGHT EXIT / DRIVE MODULE 74 M WW - LLL D C S BB G # Module Serialized Sequence: thru 9 Guide Profile: = Lowside, = Guided Belt Material Stand Location: A = no stand mounting holes D = 24 from pulley end B = 2 from pulley end E = 0 from pulley end C = 8 from pulley end F = 6 from pulley end Cleaning Options: 0 = None 6* = Belt Lifters only = Frame Cutouts only 7* = Frame cutouts & Belt Lifters *Infeed/Idler module must have Tip Up Idler Pulley Drive / Pulley Type: = Side drive, position A or D = Nose bar drive, position A Drive Shaft Position 4 = Nose bar drive, position D 5 = Motorized Pulley, position A 6 = Motorized Pulley, position D Length: Belt Width: 08-6 Language: M = English, U = CE English Clean Type: U = ULTIMATE A D Conveyor sections longer than (,5 mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations. These reference charts are only provided as a reference and is not intended to be used for the construction of complete part numbers for order placing. Dorner has a full network of trained Distributors and sales staff equipped with our configuring / pricing software who are able to provide complete and accurate quotes for all standard products in a matter of minutes. For more information about any product or accessory, or to locate a local distributor, go to 27

218 Ultimate Series: Part Number Reference 7400 ULTIMATE SERIES: Z-FRAME MODULAR FLAT & CLEATED BELT 74 S C M L E WW - A LLL LLL LLL C A C A A(A) BB Flat Belt Type or Cleat Spacing: MA thru TG = Flat Belt Types 02 thru 99 = Cleat Spacing Flat Belt Profile or Cleat Type: = High Side Profile (Flat Belt Only, Digit Only) = High Side Profile (Flat Belt Only, Digit Only) NA thru RF = Cleat Types (Cleated Belt Only, 2 Digit Required) Drive Shaft Position / Idler Tail Type: = A Position / Nose Bar 4 = D Position / Nose Bar 5 = A Position / Standard 6 = D Position / Standard Drive Type: S = Side Drive, N = Nose Bar Drive, M = Motorized Pulley Cleaning Options: 0 = None = Frame Cutout Windows 2 = Tip Up Tail = Belt Lifters & Tip Up Tail 4 = Cutout Windows & Tip Up Tail 5 = Cutout Windows, Belt Lifters & Tip Up Tail Idler / Infeed Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from idler end with braces B = 2 from idler end H = 8 from idler end with braces C = 8 from idler end J = 24 from idler end with braces D = 24 from idler end K = 0 from idler end with braces E = 0 from idler end M = 6 from idler end with braces F = 6 from idler end Drive / Discharge Stand Location: * A = no stand mounting holes G = 2 from drive end with braces B = 2 from drive end H = 8 from drive end with braces C = 8 from drive end J = 24 from drive end with braces D = 24 from drive end K = 0 from drive end with braces E = 0 from drive end M = 6 from drive end with braces F = 6 from drive end Length : (000 for P frame) Length 2: Length : (000 for L frame) Angle: A = 5 deg, B = 0 dec, C = 5 deg, D = 0 deg, E = 45 deg, F = 60 deg Belt Width: Direction: E = Inclining, D = Declining Frame Type: L = Incline, P = Noseover, Z = Z-Frame Language: M = English, U = CE English Belt Style: C = Cleated Belt, F = Flat Belt Clean Type: U = ULTIMATE Conveyor sections longer than (,5 mm) are constructed using a multiple piece frame. It is recommended that each frame joint be supported by a support stand or other means. If support stand location is a concern, please consult factory for support locations ULTIMATE SERIES: GEARMOTOR MOUNTING PACKAGES 74U M - H S Z A Gearmotor Mounting Position: A or D Gearmotor Type: S = Standard Load Mount Style: H = Horizontal End Drive Mount Package V = Vertical End Drive Mount Package N = Nose Bar Mount Package - = All except Nose Bar Blank = Nose Bar Document Language: M = English, U = CE English Conveyor Series: 74U = 7400 ULTIMATE Example: 74UM-HSZA Description: 7400 ULTIMATE series horizontal side mount package mounted in the A position. Drive Shaft Position A D 28

219 ULTIMATE Series: Part Number Reference 7400 ULTIMATE SERIES: SANITARY ROLLER 74 RR M WW LLL P S D I EN End Stop: Blank = none, ES = Discharge End Stop Infeed Stand Indent: A = no stand B = 6 from end F = 6 from end with braces C = 2 from end G = 2 from end with braces D = 8 from end H = 8 from end with braces E = 24 from end J = 24 from end with braces Discharge Stand Indent: A = no stand B = 6 from end F = 6 from end with braces C = 2 from end G = 2 from end with braces D = 8 from end H = 8 from end with braces E = 24 from end J = 24 from end with braces Roller Spacing: = CTRS, 6 = 6 CTRS Profile: = Lowside, 2 = Highside Length: (00 increments) Roller Width: 08 = 8, 2 = 2, 8 = 8, 24 = 24, 0 = 0, 6 = 6 Language: M = English Roller Series: SR = Hollow Stainless Rollers, UR = ULTIMATE Solid Acetal Rollers 7400 ULTIMATE SERIES: MOTORIZED PULLEY 7 S MP WW RRR 4 V EN VFD Compatible Phase Volts: 2 = 20V, 4 = 460V Poles Ratio: 00, 024, 020, 08, 06, 05, 0, 0, 00, 009 Belt Width: 2-46 Series: 4 = 7400 ULTIMATE 7400 & 7600 ULTIMATE SERIES: SUPPORT STANDS UM TT F AA Angle Option: (Incline Mount Only) 0-60 = Fixed Incline Angle in Degrees Caster Option: F = Foot Pads C = Swivel-Locking Casters* B = Fixed Foot Pad accepting Diagonal Brace (Straight Conveyors Only) Stand Height Reference Stand Width Reference Stand Type: HM = Horizontal Mount Version AM = Incline Mount Version QR = Quick Release Mount (7600 Only) *Stands equipped with casters accept diagonal bracing & 7600 ULTIMATE SERIES: TALL SUPPORT STANDS X MTH WW HH HH B Maximum Top of Belt Height Minimum Top of Belt Height Conveyor Width: Stand Type: TH = Tall Horizontal Mount TA = Tall Angle Mount Conveyor Type: U = 7400 & 7600 Ultimate 7400 & 7600 ULTIMATE SERIES: LOW HEIGHT SUPPORT STANDS X MLH WW HH HH F Foot: F = Fixed Foot, C = Swivel Locking Caster Maximum Top of Belt Height Minimum Top of Belt Height Conveyor Width/Stand Type: 00 = Fixed Foot Model 04 thru 60 = 4 to 60, Caster Model Conveyor Type: 9 = 7400 & 7600 Ultimate 29

220 Engineered Applications Lane & Adjustable Guiding Hoppers Controls product flow and direction, also adjustable for various-sized products. Accumulates large quantity of product Diverts product across lanes Merges multiple lanes to a single lane Support unstable product Stainless steel options available Guide product onto the conveyor and reduce product waste during quick-filling of conveyors. Locate and guide product onto conveyors Removable for easier maintenance and sanitation Stainless steel construction Chutes Conveyor Covers Steel, stainless and plastic chutes help guide product onto or away from the conveyor belt. Clear Lexan or stainless steel covers can help improve operator safety and/or protect product from contamination. 220

221 Engineered Applications Ceiling Mounted Conveyors Scraper Save floor space by mounting conveyors from the ceiling. Removes product build-up and releases product from belt. Adjustable tension accommodates a variety of products Stainless steel construction Clean in place Multi-belt Curve Reduce sanitation time and water usage with a Clean in Place unit. Automated washing system for modular belts Cleans the top and bottom surfaces of the belts Forces water through the open hinge of the belt Create a tighter turn radius and reduce the amount of space required for a modular belt curve by using multiple belts on one conveyor frame. 22

222 Engineered Applications Drip Pans Wire Belt Conveyors Control product spillage and reduce cleaning time with drip pans. Collection for liquids and debris which fall from the product Can be hinged for easy clean-out or funneled to collect the liquid to a central location Drain option for easier cleaning All stainless steel construction Maximum air flow around products to heat or cool Variety of chain options for various application needs Minimum surface area reduces sanitation and cleaning time Frame Integrated Conveyor side Tables One-piece design improves sanitation and facilitates additional assembly operations on the conveyor. Stainless steel operator side tables can be formed from the side of the conveyor Up to 0 (254 mm) wide Located on one or both sides of the conveyor 222